e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS
PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR
15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
(Mark One)
|
|
|
þ |
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009
OR
|
|
|
o |
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 0-21044
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
33-0204817 |
(State or Other Jurisdiction
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer |
of Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
Identification No.) |
|
|
|
6101 Gateway Drive |
|
|
Cypress, California
|
|
90630 |
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
|
|
(Zip Code) |
Registrants telephone number, including area code: (714) 820-1000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
|
|
Nasdaq Global Select Market |
(Title of Class)
|
|
(Name of each exchange on which registered) |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in
Rule 405 of the Securities Act).
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or
Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2)
has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its
corporate Web site, if any, any Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant
to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is
not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in
definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a
non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated
filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
(Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer o
|
|
Accelerated filer þ
|
|
Non-accelerated filer o
|
|
Smaller reporting company o |
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
Act).
Yes o No þ
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the
registrant as of June 30, 2009, the last business day of the registrants most recently completed
second fiscal quarter was $224,358,998 based upon the closing sale price as reported on the NASDAQ
Global Select Market for that date.
As of
March 11, 2010, 13,683,819 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the
registrant were outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
Portions of the registrants notice of annual meeting of shareowners and proxy statement to be
filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after registrants fiscal year end of December 31,
2009 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K. The Proxy Statement will be
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than April 30, 2010.
Except as otherwise stated, the information contained in this Form 10-K is as of December 31, 2009.
Exhibit Index appears on page 84. This document contains 87 pages.
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
Annual Report on Form 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2009
Table of Contents
Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, contains statements that may constitute
forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995. All statements other than statements of historical fact are statements that may be deemed
forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include but are not limited to any
projections of revenue, margins, expenses, tax provisions, earnings, cash flows, benefit
obligations, share repurchases or other financial items; plans, strategies and objectives of
management for future operations; expected development or relating to products or services; future
economic conditions or performance; pending claims or disputes; expectation or belief; and
assumptions underlying any of the foregoing.
These forward-looking statements are based upon managements assumptions. While we believe the
forward-looking statements made in this report are based upon reasonable assumptions, any
assumption is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. If these risks and uncertainties ever
materialize and managements assumptions prove incorrect, our results may differ materially from
those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements and assumptions. Further, any
forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date the statement is made. We are not obligated to
update forward-looking statements to reflect unanticipated events or circumstances occurring after
the date the statement was made. New factors emerge from time to time. It is not possible for
management to predict or assess the impact of all factors on the business, or the extent they may
cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.
Therefore, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as a prediction of actual future
results.
Management assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties include those that are made
about macroeconomic and geopolitical trends and events; foreign currency exchange rates; the
execution and performance of contracts by customers, suppliers and partners; the challenges of
managing asset levels, including inventory; the difficulty of aligning expense levels with revenue
changes; the outcome of pending legislation and accounting pronouncements; and other risks
described in this report, including those discussed in ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS, and described in
our Securities and Exchange Commission filings subsequent to this report.
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Business of Universal Electronics Inc.
Universal Electronics Inc. was incorporated under the laws of Delaware in 1986 and began operations
in 1987. The principal executive offices are located at 6101 Gateway Drive, Cypress, California
90630. As used herein, the terms we, us and our refer to Universal Electronics Inc. and its
subsidiaries unless the context indicates to the contrary.
Additional
information regarding UEI may be obtained at www.uei.com.
3
Business Segment
Overview
Universal Electronics Inc. is a provider of a broad line of products, software, and technologies
that are marketed to enhance home entertainment systems. Our offerings include the following:
|
|
|
easy-to-use, pre-programmed universal infrared (IR) and radio frequency (RF) remote
controls that are sold primarily to multiple systems operators (MSOs), consumers,
original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), and private
label customers, |
|
|
|
audio-video (AV) accessories sold to consumers, |
|
|
|
integrated circuits, on which our software and universal IR remote control database is
embedded, sold primarily to OEMs and private label customers, |
|
|
|
intellectual property which we license primarily to OEMs, software development
companies, private label customers, and MSOs, and |
|
|
|
software, firmware and technology solutions that can enable devices such as TVs,
set-top boxes, stereos, automotive audio systems, cell phones and other consumer electronic
devices to wirelessly connect and interact with home networks and interactive services to
deliver digital entertainment and information. |
Our business is comprised of one reportable segment.
Principal Products and Markets
Our principal markets include MSOs in the cable and satellite subscription broadcasting markets, as
well as OEM, private label, retail and custom installer companies that operate in the consumer
electronics market.
We provide MSOs (cable, satellite and internet protocol television providers) both domestically and
internationally, with our universal remote control devices and integrated circuits, on which our
software and IR code database is embedded, to support the demand associated with the deployment of
digital set-top boxes that contain the latest technology and features. We also sell our universal
remote control devices and integrated circuits, on which our software and IR code database is
embedded, to OEMs that manufacture wireless control devices, cable converters or satellite
receivers.
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, our sales to DirecTV and its sub-contractors
collectively accounted for 21.1%, 19.3% and 16.9% of our net sales, respectively. Our sales to
Comcast Communications, Inc. and its sub-contractors collectively accounted for 11.3%, 13.4% and
13.3% of our net sales for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. No
other single customer accounted for 10% or more of our net sales in 2009, 2008, or 2007.
We continue to pursue further penetration of the more traditional OEM consumer electronics markets.
Customers in these markets generally package our wireless control devices for resale with their AV
home entertainment products. We also sell customized chips, which include our software and/or
customized software packages, to these customers. Growth in this line of business has been driven
by the proliferation and increasing complexity of home entertainment equipment, emerging digital
technology, multimedia and interactive internet applications, and the increasing number of OEMs.
We continue to place significant emphasis on expanding our sales and marketing efforts to
subscription broadcasters and OEMs in Asia, Latin America and Europe. We will continue to add new
sales people to support anticipated sales growth in these markets over the next few years.
In the international retail markets, our One For All® brand name remote control and accessories
accounted for 12.6%, 15.6%, and 17.9% of our total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008, and 2007,
4
respectively. Throughout 2009, we continued our international retail sales and marketing efforts.
Financial information relating to our international operations for the years ended December 31,
2009, 2008, and 2007 is included in ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA-Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements-Note 14.
During the second quarter of 2008 we signed an agreement with Audiovox Accessories
Corporation to be the exclusive supplier of embedded microcontrollers and infrared database
software for Audiovoxs complete line of RCA universal remote controls sold in the North American
retail market. We also agreed to develop remote controls in the future for existing brands in the
Audiovox lineup and granted Audiovox an exclusive license to sell and distribute our One For All®
brand remote controls and accessories in North America.
Technology
We hold a number of patents in the United States and abroad related to our products and technology,
and have filed domestic and foreign applications for other patents that are pending. We had a total
of 187 and 148 issued and pending United States patents at the end of 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The increase in the number of issued and pending patents in the United States resulted from the
purchase of 31 issued and pending patents from Zilog Inc. and 10 new patent filings, offset by our
abandonment of 1 patent and the expiration of 1 patent.
Our patents have remaining lives ranging from approximately one to eighteen years. We have also
obtained copyright registration and claim copyright protection for certain proprietary software and
libraries of IR codes. Additionally, the names of most of our products are registered, or are being
registered, as trademarks in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and in most of the other
countries in which such products are sold. These registrations are valid for a variety of terms
ranging up to 20 years and may be renewed as long as the trademarks continue to be used and are
deemed by management to be important to our operations. While we follow the practice of obtaining
patent, copyright and trademark registrations on new developments whenever advisable, in certain
cases, we have elected common law trade secret protection in lieu of obtaining such other
protection.
Since our beginning in 1986, we have compiled an extensive IR code library that covers over 451,000
individual device functions and over 4,000 individual consumer electronic equipment brand names.
Our library is regularly updated with IR codes used in newly introduced AV devices. These IR codes
are captured directly from the remote control devices or the manufacturers written specifications
to ensure the accuracy and integrity of the database. We believe that our universal remote control
database is capable of controlling virtually all IR controlled TVs, VCRs, DVD players, cable
converters, CD players, audio components and satellite receivers, as well as most other infrared
remote controlled home entertainment devices and home automation control modules worldwide.
Our proprietary software and know-how permit us to compress IR codes before we load them into our
products. This provides significant cost and space efficiencies that enable us to include more
codes and features in the memory space of our wireless control devices than are included in the
similarly priced products of our competitors.
With todays rapidly changing technology, upgradeability ensures the compatibility of our remote
controls with future home entertainment devices. We have developed patented technology that
provides users the capability to easily upgrade the memory of our remote controls with IR codes
that were not originally included using their entertainment device, personal computer or telephone.
These options utilize one or two-way communication to upgrade the remote controls IR codes
or firmware depending on the requirements.
Each of our wireless control devices is designed to simplify the use of home entertainment and
other equipment. To appeal to the mass market, the number of buttons is minimized to include only
the most popular functions. Another patented ease of use feature we offer in several of our
products is our user programmable macro key. This feature
5
allows the user to program a sequence of commands onto a single key, to be played back each time
that key is subsequently pressed.
Our remote controls are also designed for easy set-up. For most of our products, the consumer
simply inputs a four-digit code for each device to be controlled. During 2007, building on our
strategy to develop new products and technologies to further simplify remote control set-up, we
created the XSight product line and the EZ-RCTM web-based remote control set-up
application. The XSight products may be setup in minutes utilizing the intuitive menu on their
color LCD display, without an instruction manual. Alternatively, the mini USB port on the
XSightTM
products may be connected to a personal computer. Once connected to a personal
computer, our customers may utilize the EZ-RCTM web-based set-up applications graphical
interface to fully program the remote control. Each remote control
user may create their own
personal profile on the device with their favorite channels, custom functions, and more. The
XSightTM product line and the EZ-RCTM web-based application were launched
into the international retail market during the fourth quarter of 2008 and the North American
retail market during the third quarter of 2009.
UEI QuickSet is a firmware application that may be embedded on an AV device, such as a set-top box.
UEI QuickSet enables universal remote control set-up using guided on-screen instructions and a
wireless two-way communication link between the remote and the UEI QuickSet embedded AV equipment.
UEIs XMP-2 technology, an extensible multimedia protocol, enables the two-way wireless
communication between the universal remote control and the AV device, allowing IR code data and
configuration settings to be sent to the remote control from the AV equipment. The user identifies
the type and brand of the device to be controlled and then the UEI QuickSet application performs a
test to confirm that the remote is controlling the equipment correctly. UEI QuickSet also saves the
user-defined remote setting, enabling consumers to quickly transfer the setup configuration to a
replacement remote. When the AV device has network connectivity, the IR code database and
application may be continually updated to include the latest devices and functions.
6
Methods of Distribution
Our distribution methods for our remote control devices are dependent on the sales channel. We
distribute remote control devices directly to MSOs and OEMs, both domestically and internationally.
In the North American retail channel, we license our One For All® brand name to Audiovox, who in
turn sells products directly to certain domestic retailers and third party distributors. Outside of
North America, we sell our wireless control devices and AV accessories under the One For All® and
private label brand names to retailers through our international subsidiaries. We utilize third
party distributors for the custom installer channel and for retail in countries where we do not
have subsidiaries.
We have thirteen international subsidiaries, Universal Electronics B.V., established in the
Netherlands, One For All GmbH, established in Germany, One for All Iberia S.L., established in
Spain, One For All UK Ltd., established in the United Kingdom, One For All Argentina S.R.L.,
established in Argentina, One For All France S.A.S., established in France, Universal Electronics
Italia S.R.L., established in Italy, UE Singapore Pte. Ltd., established in Singapore, UEI Hong
Kong Pte. Ltd., established in Hong Kong, UEI Electronics Pte. Ltd., established in India, UEI
Cayman Inc., established in the Cayman Islands, Ultra Control Consumer Electronics GmbH,
established in Germany and UEI Hong Kong Holdings Co. Pte. Ltd., established in Hong Kong.
We have developed a broad portfolio of patented technologies and the industrys leading database of
IR codes. We ship integrated circuits, on which our software and IR code database is embedded,
directly to manufacturers for inclusion in their products. In addition, we license our software and
technology to manufacturers. Licenses are delivered upon the transfer of a product master or on a
per unit basis when the software or technology is used in a customer device.
We provide domestic and international consumer support to our various universal remote control
marketers, including manufacturers, cable and satellite providers, retail distributors, and audio
and video original equipment manufacturers through our automated InterVoice system. Live agent
help is available through certain programs. We also make available a free web-based support
resource, www.urcsupport.com, designed specifically for MSOs. This solution offers interactive
online demos and tutorials to help users easily setup their remote and commands, and as a result
reduces call volume at customer support centers. Additionally, ActiveSupport®, a call center,
provides customer interaction management services from service and support to retention. Pre-repair
calls, post-install surveys, and inbound calls to customers provide greater bottom-line
efficiencies. We continue to review our programs to determine their value in
improving the sales of our products.
Raw Materials and Dependence on Suppliers
We utilize third-party manufacturers and suppliers primarily in Asia to produce our wireless
control products. In 2009 and 2008, Computime, C.G. Development, Samsung and Samjin each provided
more than 10% of our total inventory purchases. They collectively provided 77.5% and 73.1% of our
total inventory purchases for 2009 and 2008, respectively. In 2007, Computime, C.G. Development and
Samsung each provided more than 10% of our total inventory purchases. They collectively provided
63.2% of our total inventory purchases for 2007.
We continue to evaluate additional contract manufacturers and sources of supply. During 2009, we
utilized multiple contract manufacturers and maintained duplicate tooling for certain of our
products. Where possible we utilize standard parts and components, which are available from
multiple sources. To reduce our dependence on our integrated circuits suppliers we continually seek
additional sources, such as our new relationship with Maxim. To further manage our integrated
circuit supplier dependence, we include flash microcontroller technology in most of
7
our products. Flash microcontrollers can have shorter lead times than standard microcontrollers and
may be reprogrammed if necessary. This allows us flexibility during any unforeseen shipping delays
and has the added benefit of potentially reducing excess and obsolete inventory exposure. This
diversification lessens our dependence on any one supplier and allows us to negotiate more
favorable terms.
Seasonality
Historically, our business has been influenced by the retail sales cycle, with increased sales in
the last half of the year. In
2007, our net sales in the first half of the year exceeded our net sales in the second. This was
primarily the result of strong demand from our domestic cable customers in the first and second
quarters of 2007. This demand was driven by their effort to meet the Open Cable Applications
Platform (OCAP) July 1, 2007 deadline. In 2008 and 2009, our sales cycle returned to its
historical pattern and we expect this pattern to be repeated in 2010.
See ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements Note 22 for further details regarding our quarterly results.
Competition
Our
principal competitors in the domestic MSO market is Philips Consumer Electronics, Universal
Remote Control and Contec. In the international retail and private label markets for wireless
controls we compete with Philips Consumer Electronics, Logitech, Ruwido and Sony as well as various
manufacturers of wireless controls in Asia. Our primary competitors in the OEM market are the
original equipment manufacturers themselves and wireless control manufacturers in Asia. We compete
against Universal Remote Control, Logitech, and Ruwido in the IR database market. Our Nevo
product line competes in the custom electronics installation market against AMX, RTI, Control4,
Universal Remote Control, Philips Consumer Electronics, Logitech and many others. Our North
American retail products compete against Universal Remote Control, Philips Consumer Electronics,
Logitech, Sony and many others. We compete in our markets on the basis of product quality,
features, price, intellectual property and customer support. We believe that we will need to
continue to introduce new and innovative products to remain competitive and to recruit and retain
competent personnel to successfully accomplish our future objectives.
Engineering, Research and Development
During 2009, our engineering efforts focused on the following:
|
|
|
broadening our product portfolio; |
|
|
|
modifying existing products and technologies to improve features and lower costs; |
|
|
|
formulating measures to protect our proprietary technology and general know-how; |
|
|
|
improving our software so that we may pre-program more codes into our memory chips; |
|
|
|
simplifying the set-up and upgrade process for our wireless control products; and |
|
|
|
updating our library of IR codes to include IR codes for new features and devices
introduced worldwide. |
Our engineering efforts included the development of new remote controls that combine consumer
friendly interfaces and intuitive setup with advance functions, such
as our One For All®
SmartControl released during the first quarter of 2010. The SmartControl enables the user to
control multiple devices without the need to switch between devices on the remote control. The
SmartControl also leverages SimpleSet technology, and may be setup by simply identifying the
target device type and brand.
We also developed new wireless control platforms. UEIs Glimmer advanced wireless control platform
(a joint development with Broadcom® (NASDAQ: BRCM)) integrates an infrared and Bluetooth®
compatible chip solution. This platform is optimized to address the emerging Bluetooth eco-system
of personal and networked entertainment devices within the home. The Glimmer platform leverages
the existing devices in the home to
8
connect and interact with a variety of Bluetooth®-enabled devices ranging from next generation
set-top boxes, game consoles, and mobile phones creating an environment where interesting and
powerful applications may emerge.
During
2009, we began to integrate the UEI QuickSet firmware application into some of our customers
consumer electronic devices. The UEI QuickSet firmware application will help our customers simplify
the remote control setup process and improve the overall end-user experience.
We continued to improve our existing products during 2009. We released several software updates to
our web based EZ-RC application and the XSight firmware. Our NevoStudio® Pro update enables
two-way Z-Wave control and communication for home control systems such as lighting, HVAC, window
coverings, and others. In addition, this software update enables two-way serial communication,
including metadata transmission, with select third-party devices. These devices include digital
media servers and AV distribution systems.
On February 18, 2009, we acquired certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related
to the universal remote control business from Zilog Inc. (NASDAQ:
ZILG) for approximately $9.5 million in cash. The
purchase included Zilogs full library and database of infrared codes and software tools. We also
hired 116 of Zilogs sales and engineering personnel, including
all 107 of Zilogs
personnel located in India. The engineering personnel acquired from Zilog are focused on the
capture of IR codes and the development of firmware leading to more complete solutions to customer
needs, the conceptual formulation and design of possible alternatives, as well as the testing of
process and product cost improvements. These efforts will enable us to provide customers with
reductions in design cycle times, lower costs, and improvements in integrated circuit design,
product quality and overall functional performance. These efforts will also enable us to further
penetrate existing markets, pursue new markets more effectively and expand our business.
Our personnel are involved with various industry organizations and bodies, which are in the process
of setting standards for infrared, radio frequency, power line, telephone and cable communications
and networking in the home. There can be no assurance that any of our research and development
projects will be successfully completed.
Our expenditures on engineering, research and development were:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions): |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Research and development (1) |
|
$ |
8.7 |
|
|
$ |
8.2 |
|
|
$ |
8.8 |
|
Engineering (2) |
|
|
9.4 |
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total engineering, research and development |
|
$ |
18.1 |
|
|
$ |
15.5 |
|
|
$ |
16.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Research and development expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008, and 2007 includes $0.4 million of stock-based compensation expense. |
|
(2) |
|
Engineering costs are included in SG&A. |
Environmental Matters
Many of our products are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws governing
chemical substances in products, including laws regulating the manufacture and distribution of
chemical substances and laws restricting the presence of certain substances in electronics
products. We may incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal
sanctions, third-party damages or personal injury claims, if we were to violate or become liable
under environmental laws or if our products become non-compliant with environmental laws. We also
face increasing complexity in our product design and procurement operations as we adjust to new and
future requirements relating to the materials composition of our products.
We may also face significant costs and liabilities in connection with product take-back
legislation. The European Union enacted the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment
Directive (WEEE), which makes producers of electrical goods, including computers and printers,
financially responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and
future covered products. During 2007, the majority of our European subsidiaries became WEEE
compliant. Our Italian subsidiary became compliant in February 2008. Similar legislation has been
or may be enacted in other jurisdictions, including in the United States, Canada, Mexico, China and
Japan.
9
We believe that we have materially complied with all currently existing international and domestic
federal, state and local statutes and regulations regarding environmental standards and
occupational safety and health matters to which we are subject. During the years ended December 31,
2009, 2008 and 2007, the amounts incurred in complying with federal, state and local statutes and
regulations pertaining to environmental standards and occupational safety and health laws and
regulations did not materially affect our earnings or financial condition. However, future events,
such as changes in existing laws and regulations or enforcement policies, may give rise to
additional compliance costs that may have a material adverse effect upon our capital expenditures,
earnings or financial condition.
Employees
At December 31, 2009, we employed 565 employees, of which 261 worked in engineering and research
and development, 67 in sales and marketing, 104 in consumer service and support, 58 in operations
and warehousing and 75 in executive and administrative functions. On February 18, 2009, we acquired
certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related to the universal remote control
business from Zilog. As a result of this transaction, we hired 116 of Zilogs sales
and engineering personnel, including all 107 of Zilogs personnel located in India. None of our
employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement or represented by a union. We consider
our employee relations to be good.
International Operations
Financial information relating to our international operations for the years ended December 31,
2009, 2008 and 2007 is incorporated by reference to ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY
DATA Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Note 14.
Available Information
Our Internet address is www.uei.com. We make available free of charge through the website our
annual report on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K and
any amendments to these reports as soon as reasonably practical after we electronically file such
reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These reports may be found on our website at
www.uei.com under the caption SEC Filings on the Investor page. Investors may also obtain copies
of our SEC filings from the SEC website at www.sec.gov.
Executive Officers of the Registrant(1)
The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers as of March
15, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position |
Paul D. Arling
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer |
Paul J.M. Bennett
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
Executive Vice President, Managing Director, Europe |
Mark S. Kopaskie
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
Executive Vice President, General Manager U.S. Operations |
Richard A. Firehammer, Jr.
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary |
Bryan M. Hackworth
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Included pursuant to Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K. |
Paul D. Arling is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. He joined us in May 1996 as Chief
Financial Officer and was named to our Board of Directors in August 1996. He was appointed
President and COO in September 1998, was promoted to Chief Executive Officer in October 2000 and
appointed as Chairman in July 2001. At the 2009 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, Mr. Arling was
re-elected as our Chairman to serve until the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. From 1993
through May 1996, he served in various capacities at LESCO, Inc. (a manufacturer and distributor of
professional turf care products). Prior to LESCO, he worked for Imperial Wall coverings (a
manufacturer and distributor of wall covering products) as Director of Planning, and The Michael
Allen Company (a strategic management consulting company) where he was employed as a management
consultant.
Paul J.M. Bennett is our Executive Vice President and Managing Director, Europe. He was our
Managing Director and Senior Vice President, Managing Director, Europe from July 1996 to December
2006. He was promoted to his current position in December 2006. Prior to joining us, he held
various positions at Philips Consumer Electronics
10
over a seven year period, first as Product Marketing Manager for the Accessories Product Group,
initially set up to support Philips Audio division, and then as head of that division.
Mark S. Kopaskie is our Executive Vice President and General Manager, U.S. Operations. He rejoined
us in September 2006 as our Senior Vice President and General Manager, U.S. Operations and was
promoted to his current position in December 2006. He was our Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer from 1995 to 1997. From 2003 until November 2005, Mr. Kopaskie was President and
Chief Executive Officer of Packaging Advantage Corporation (PAC), a personal care and household
products manufacturer, which was acquired by Marietta Corporation in November 2005. Following the
acquisition, he served as Senior Vice President, Business Development for Marietta Corporation.
From 1997 to 2003, he held senior management positions at Birdair Inc., a world leader in the
engineering, manufacturing, and construction of tensioned membrane structures, and OK
International, a manufacturer and marketer of fluid dispensing equipment, solder and de-solder
systems, and wire wrap products. Prior to joining us in 1995, Mr. Kopaskie was Senior Vice
President of Operations at Mr. Coffee Inc.
Richard A. Firehammer, Jr., Esq. has been our Senior Vice President since February 1999. He has
been our General Counsel since October 1993 and Secretary since February 1994. He was our Vice
President from May 1997 until August 1998. He was outside counsel to us from September 1998 until
being rehired in February 1999. From November 1992 to September 1993, he was associated with the
Chicago, Illinois law firm, Shefsky & Froelich, Ltd. From 1987 to 1992, he was with the law firm,
Vedder, Price, Kaufman & Kammholz in Chicago, Illinois.
Bryan
M. Hackworth is our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer. He was promoted to
Chief Financial Officer in August 2006. Mr. Hackworth joined us in June 2004 as Corporate
Controller and subsequently assumed the role of Chief Accounting Officer in May 2006. Before
joining us in 2004, he spent five years at Mars, Inc., a privately held international manufacturer
and distributor of consumer products and served in several financial and strategic roles
(Controller Ice Cream Division; Strategic Planning Manager for the WHISKAS ® Brand) and various
other financial management positions. Prior to joining Mars Inc., Mr. Hackworth spent six years at
Deloitte & Touche LLP as an auditor, specializing in the manufacturing and retail industries.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Forward Looking Statements
We caution that the following important factors, among others (including, but not limited to,
factors discussed below in ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, as well as those factors discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form
10-K, or in our other reports filed from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission),
may affect our actual results and may contribute to or cause our actual consolidated results to
differ materially from those expressed in any of our forward-looking statements. The factors
included here are not exhaustive. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date
on which such statement is made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking
statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made or to
reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not
possible for management to predict all such factors, nor can we assess the impact of each such
factor on the business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause
actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.
Therefore, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as a prediction of actual future
results.
While we believe that the forward-looking statements made in this report are based on reasonable
assumptions, the actual outcome of such statements is subject to a number of risks and
uncertainties, including the failure of our markets to continue growing and expanding in the manner
we anticipated; the failure of our customers to grow and expand as we anticipated; the effects of
natural or other events beyond our control, including the effects a war or terrorist activities may
have on us or the economy; the economic environments effect on us or our customers; the growth of,
acceptance of and the demand for our products and technologies in various markets and geographical
regions, including cable, satellite, consumer electronics, retail, digital media/technology, CEDIA,
interactive TV, automotive, and cellular industries not materializing or growing as we believed;
our inability to add profitable complementary products which are accepted by the marketplace; our
inability to continue to maintain our operating costs at acceptable levels through our cost
containment efforts; our inability to realize tax benefits from various tax projects initiated from
time to time; our inability to continue selling our products or licensing our technologies at
11
higher or profitable margins; our inability to obtain orders or maintain our order volume with new
and existing customers; the possible dilutive effect our stock incentive programs may have on our
earnings per share and stock price; our inability to continue to obtain adequate quantities of
component parts or secure adequate factory production capacity on a timely basis; and other factors
listed from time to time in our press releases and filings with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.
We face a number of risks related to the recent financial crisis and severe tightening in the
global credit markets
General economic conditions, both domestic and international, have an impact on our business and
financial results. The ongoing global financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial
markets has resulted in a severe tightening in the credit markets, a low level of liquidity in many
financial markets, and extreme volatility in credit and equity markets. This financial crisis may
impact our business in a number of ways, including:
Potential Deferment of Purchases and Orders by Customers: Uncertainty about current and future
global economic conditions may cause consumers, businesses and governments to defer purchases in
response to tighter credit, decreased cash availability and declining consumer confidence.
Accordingly, future demand for our products may differ materially from our current expectations.
Customers Inability to Obtain Financing to Make Purchases from Us and/or Maintain Their Business:
Some of our customers require substantial financing in order to fund their operations and make
purchases from us. The inability of these customers to obtain sufficient credit to finance
purchases of our products may adversely impact our financial results. In addition, if the financial
crisis results in insolvencies for our customers, it may adversely impact our financial results.
Potential Impact on Trade Receivables: Credit market conditions may slow our collection efforts as
customers experience increased difficulty in obtaining requisite financing, leading to higher than
normal accounts receivable balances and longer DSOs. This may result in greater expense associated
with collection efforts and increased bad debt expense.
Negative Impact from Increased Financial Pressures on Third-Party Dealers, Distributors and
Retailers: We make sales in certain regions of the world through third-party dealers, distributors
and retailers. Although many of these third parties have significant operations and maintain access
to available credit, others are smaller and more likely to be impacted by the significant decrease
in available credit that has resulted from the current financial crisis. If credit pressures or
other financial difficulties result in insolvency for these third parties and we are unable to
successfully transition our end customers to purchase products from other third parties or from us
directly, it may adversely impact our financial results.
Negative Impact from Increased Financial Pressures on Key Suppliers: Our ability to meet customers
demands depends, in part, on our ability to obtain timely and adequate delivery of quality
materials, parts and components from our suppliers. Certain of our components are available only
from a single source or limited sources. If certain key suppliers were to become capacity
constrained or insolvent as a result of the financial crisis, it may result in a reduction or
interruption in supplies or a significant increase in the price of supplies and adversely impact
our financial results. In addition, credit constraints at key suppliers may result in accelerated
payment of accounts payable by us, impacting our cash flow.
Dependence upon Key Suppliers
During 2009 and 2008, Computime, C.G. Development, Samsung, and Samjin each provided over 10% of
our total inventory purchases. Purchases from these suppliers collectively amounted to $147.1
million, or 77.5%, of our total inventory purchases in 2009. Purchases from these suppliers
collectively amounted to $135.5 million, or 73.1%, of total inventory purchases during 2008. During
2007, Computime, C.G. Development and Samsung, each provided over 10% of our total inventory
purchases. Purchases from these suppliers collectively amounted to $100.7 million, representing
63.2% of total inventory purchases in 2007.
Most of the components used in our products are available from multiple sources. However, we have
elected to purchase integrated circuits, used principally in our wireless control products, from
three sources, Samsung,
12
Freescale and Maxim. To reduce our dependence on our integrated circuits suppliers we continually
seek additional sources. We generally maintain inventories of our integrated chips, which may be
used in part to mitigate, but not eliminate, delays resulting from supply interruptions.
We have identified alternative sources of supply for our integrated circuit, component
parts, and finished goods needs; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to
continue to obtain these inventory purchases on a timely basis. Any extended interruption, shortage
or termination in the supply of any of the components used in our products, or a reduction in their
quality or reliability, or a significant increase in prices of components, would have an adverse
effect on our operating results, financial position and cash flows.
Dependence on Foreign Manufacturing
Third-party manufacturers located in Asia manufacture a majority of our products. Our arrangements
with our foreign manufacturers are subject to the risks of doing business abroad, such as tariffs,
environmental and trade restrictions, intellectual property protection and enforcement, export
license requirements, work stoppages, political and social instability, economic and labor
conditions, foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, and other factors, which may have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and cash flows. We believe that the
loss of any one or more of our manufacturers would not have a long-term material adverse effect on
our business, results of operations and cash flows, because numerous other manufacturers are
available to fulfill our requirements; however, the loss of any of our major manufacturers may
adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flows until
alternative manufacturing arrangements are secured.
Potential Fluctuations in Quarterly Results
Historically, our business has been influenced by the retail sales cycle, with increased sales in
the last half of the year. In
2007, sales in the first half of the year exceeded our sales in the second half. This was primarily
the result of strong demand from our domestic cable customers in the first and second quarters of
2007. This demand was driven by their effort to meet the July 1, 2007 Open Cable Applications
Platform (OCAP) deadline. In 2008 and 2009, our sales cycle returned to its historical pattern
and we expect this pattern to be repeated in 2010, however, factors such as those we experienced
during 2007 may cause our sales cycles to deviate from historical patterns. Such factors, including
quarterly variations in financial results, may have a material adverse affect on the volatility and
market price of our common stock.
We may from time to time increase our operating expenses to fund greater levels of research and
development, sales and marketing activities, development of new distribution channels, improvements
in our operational and financial systems and development of our customer support capabilities, and
to support our efforts to comply with various government regulations. To the extent such expenses
precede or are not subsequently followed by increased revenues, our business, operating results,
financial condition and cash flows will be adversely affected.
In addition, we may experience significant fluctuations in future quarterly operating results that
may be caused by many other factors, including demand for our products, introduction or enhancement
of products by us and our competitors, the loss or acquisition of any significant customers, market
acceptance of new products, price reductions by us or our competitors, mix of distribution channels
through which our products are sold, product or supply constraints, level of product returns, mix
of customers and products sold, component pricing, mix of international and domestic revenues,
foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and general economic conditions. In addition, as a
strategic response to changes in the competitive environment, we may from time to time make certain
pricing or marketing decisions or acquisitions that may have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations or financial condition. As a result, we believe period-to-period
comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied
upon as an indication of future performance.
Due to all of the foregoing factors, it is possible that in some future quarters our operating
results will be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. If this happens the
price of our common stock may be materially adversely affected.
Dependence on Consumer Preference
We are susceptible to fluctuations in our business based upon consumer demand for our products. In
addition, we cannot guarantee that increases in demand for our products associated with increases
in the deployment of new technology will continue. We believe that our success depends on our
ability to anticipate, gauge and respond to fluctuations in consumer preferences. However, it is
impossible to predict with complete accuracy the occurrence and effect of fluctuations in consumer
demand over a products life cycle. Moreover, we caution that any growth in revenues that we
achieve may be transitory and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.
13
Demand for Consumer Service and Support
We have continually provided domestic and international consumer service and support to our
customers to add overall value and to help differentiate us from our competitors. We continually
review our service and support group and are marketing our expertise in this area to other
potential customers. There can be no assurance that we will be able to attract new customers in the
future.
In addition, certain of our products have more features and are more complex than others and
therefore require more end-user technical support. In some instances, we rely on distributors or
dealers to provide the initial level of technical support to the end-users. We provide the second
level of technical support for bug fixes and other issues at no additional charge. Therefore, as
the mix of our products includes more of these complex product lines, support costs may increase,
which may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition and cash
flows.
Dependence
Upon New Product Introduction
Our ability to remain competitive in the wireless control and AV accessory products market will
depend considerably upon our ability to successfully identify new product opportunities, as well as
develop and introduce these products and enhancements on a timely and cost effective basis. There
can be no assurance that we will be successful at developing and marketing new products or
enhancing our existing products, or that these new or enhanced products will achieve consumer
acceptance and, if achieved, will sustain that acceptance. In addition, there can be no assurance
that products developed by others will not render our products non-competitive or obsolete or that
we will be able to obtain or maintain the rights to use proprietary technologies developed by
others which are incorporated in our products. Any failure to anticipate or respond adequately to
technological developments and customer requirements, or any significant delays in product
development or introduction, may have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial
condition and cash flows.
In addition, the introduction of new products may require significant expenditures for research and
development, tooling, manufacturing processes, inventory and marketing. In order to achieve high
volume production of any new product, we may have to make substantial investments in inventory and
expand our production capabilities.
Dependence on Major Customers
The economic strength and weakness of our worldwide customers affect our performance. We sell our
wireless control products, AV accessory products, and proprietary technologies to subscription
broadcasters, original equipment manufacturers, and private label customers. We also supply our
products to our wholly owned, non-U.S. subsidiaries and to independent foreign distributors, who in
turn distribute our products worldwide, with Europe, Asia, South
Africa, and Australia
currently representing our principal foreign markets.
In each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we had sales to DirecTV and its
sub-contractors and to Comcast Communications Inc. and its sub-contractors, that when combined,
each exceeded 10% of our net sales. The loss of either of these customers or of any other key
customer, either in the United States or abroad or our inability to maintain order volume with
these customers, may have an adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and cash
flows.
Change in Warranty Claim Costs
We rely on third-party companies to service a large portion of our customer warranty claims. If the
cost to service these warranty claims increases unexpectedly, or these outside services cease to be
available, we may be required to increase our estimate of future claim costs, which may have a
material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Outsourced Labor
We employ a small number of personnel to develop and market additional products that are part of
the Nevo® platform as well as products that are based on the Zigbee®, Z-Wave® and other radio
frequency technology. Even
14
after these hires, we continue to use outside resources to assist us in the development of these
products. While we believe that such outside services will continue to be available to us, if they
cease to be available, the development of these products may be substantially delayed, which may
have a material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Competition
The wireless control industry is characterized by intense competition based primarily on product
availability, price, speed of delivery, ability to tailor specific solutions to customer needs,
quality, and depth of product lines. Our competition is fragmented across our products, and,
accordingly, we do not compete with any one company across all product lines. We compete with a
variety of entities, some of which have greater financial resources. Our ability to remain
competitive in this industry depends in part on our ability to successfully identify new product
opportunities, develop and introduce new products and enhancements on a timely and cost effective
basis, as well as our ability to successfully identify and enter into strategic alliances with
entities doing business within the industries we serve. There can be no assurance that our product
offerings will be, and/or remain, competitive or that strategic alliances, if any, will achieve the
type, extent, and amount of success or business that we expect them to achieve. The sales of our
products and technology may not occur or grow in the manner we expect, and thus we may not recoup
costs incurred in the research and development of these products as quickly as we expect, if at
all.
Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights
The procedures by which we identify, document and file for patent, trademark, and copyright
protection are based solely on engineering and management judgment, with no assurance that a
specific filing will be issued, or if issued, will deliver any lasting value to us. Because of the
rapid innovation of products and technologies that is characteristic of our industry, there can be
no assurance that rights granted under any patent will provide competitive advantages to us or will
be adequate to safeguard and maintain our proprietary rights. Moreover, the laws of certain
countries in which our products are or may be manufactured or sold may not offer protection on such
products and associated intellectual property to the same extent that the United States legal
system may offer.
In our opinion, our intellectual property holdings as well as our engineering, production, and
marketing skills and the experience of our personnel are of equal importance to our market
position. We further believe that none of our businesses are materially dependent upon any single
patent, copyright, trademark, or trade secret.
Some of our products include or use technology and/or components of third parties. While it may be
necessary in the future to seek or renew licenses relating to various aspects of such products, we
believe that, based upon past experience and industry practice, such licenses generally may be
obtained on commercially reasonable terms; however, there can be no guarantee that such licenses
may be obtained on such terms or at all. Because of technological changes in the wireless and home
control industry, current extensive patent coverage, and the rapid rate of issuance of new patents,
it is possible certain components of our products and business methods may unknowingly infringe
upon the patents of others.
Potential for Litigation
As is typical in our industry and for the nature and kind of business in which we are engaged, from
time to time various claims, charges and litigation are asserted or commenced by third parties
against us or by us against third parties, arising from or related to product liability,
infringement of patent or other intellectual property rights, breach of warranty, contractual
relations or employee relations. The amounts claimed may be substantial, but they may not bear any
reasonable relationship to the merits of the claims or the extent of any real risk of court awards
assessed against us or in our favor.
Risks of Conducting Business Internationally
Risks of doing business internationally may adversely affect our sales, operations, earnings and
cash flows due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:
15
|
|
changes in a country or regions economic or political conditions, including inflation,
recession, interest rate fluctuations and actual or anticipated military conflicts; |
|
|
currency fluctuations affecting sales, particularly in the Euro and British Pound, which
contribute to variations in sales of products and services in impacted jurisdictions and also
affect our reported results expressed in U.S. dollars; |
|
|
currency fluctuations affecting costs, particularly the Euro, British Pound and the Chinese
Yuan, which contribute to variances in costs in impacted jurisdictions and also affect our
reported results expressed in U.S. dollars; |
|
|
longer accounts receivable cycles and financial instability among customers; |
|
|
trade regulations and procedures and actions affecting production, pricing and marketing of
products; |
|
|
local labor conditions, customs, and regulations; |
|
|
changes in the regulatory or legal environment; |
|
|
differing technology standards or customer requirements; |
|
|
import, export or other business licensing requirements or requirements related to making
foreign direct investments, which may affect our ability to obtain favorable terms for
components or lead to penalties or restrictions; |
|
|
difficulties associated with repatriating cash generated or held abroad in a tax-efficient
manner and changes in tax laws; and |
|
|
fluctuations in freight costs and disruptions at important geographic points of exit and
entry. |
Effectiveness of Our Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we are required to include in our Annual
Report on Form 10-K our assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting. Furthermore, our independent registered public accounting firm is required to audit our
internal control over financial reporting and separately report on whether it believes we maintain,
in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting. Although we believe
that we currently have adequate internal control procedures in place, we cannot be certain that
future material changes to our internal control over financial reporting will be effective. If we
cannot adequately maintain the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, we
may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the Securities and
Exchange Commission. Any such action may adversely affect our financial results and the market
price of our common stock.
Changes in Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles. These principles are subject to revision and interpretation by various governing
bodies, including the FASB and the SEC. A change in current accounting standards or their
interpretation may have a significant adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition
and cash flows.
Unanticipated Changes in Tax Provisions or Income Tax Liabilities
We are subject to income taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Our tax
liabilities are affected by the amounts we charge for inventory and other items in intercompany
transactions. From time to time, we are subject to tax audits in various jurisdictions. Tax
authorities may disagree with our intercompany charges or other matters and assess additional
taxes. We assess the likely outcomes of these audits in order to determine the appropriateness of
the tax provision. However, there can be no assurance that we will accurately predict the
16
outcomes of these audits, and the actual outcomes of these audits may have a material impact on our
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, our effective tax rate in
the future may be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing
statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in
tax laws and the discovery of new information in the course of our tax return preparation process.
Furthermore, our tax provisions may be adversely affected as a result of any new interpretative
accounting guidance related to accounting for uncertain tax positions.
Inability to Use Deferred Tax Assets
We have deferred tax assets that we may not be able to use under certain circumstances. If we are
unable to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain jurisdictions, or if there is a
significant change in the actual effective tax rates or a significant change in the time period
within which the underlying temporary differences become taxable or deductible, we may be required
to increase our valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets resulting in an increase in
our effective tax rate.
Environmental Matters
Many of our products are subject to various federal, state, local and international laws governing
chemical substances in products, including laws regulating the manufacture and distribution of
chemical substances and laws restricting the presence of certain substances in electronics
products. With the passage of the European Unions Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive,
which makes producers of electrical goods responsible for collection, recycling, treatment and
disposal of recovered products, similar restrictions in China effective March 2007 and the European
Unions Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, we may face significant costs and
liabilities in complying with these laws and any future laws and regulations or enforcement
policies that may have a material adverse effect upon our operating results, financial condition,
and cash flows.
Leased Property
We lease all of the properties used in our business. We can give no assurance that we will enter
into new or renewal leases, or that, if entered into, the new lease terms will be similar to the
existing terms or that the terms of any such new or renewal leases will not have a significant and
material adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Technology Changes in Wireless Control
We currently derive substantial revenue from the sale of wireless remote controls based on IR
technology. Other control technologies exist or may be developed that may compete with IR. In
addition, we develop and maintain our own database of IR and RF codes. There are competing IR and
RF libraries offered by companies that we compete with in the marketplace. The advantage that we
may have compared to our competitors is difficult to measure. If other wireless control technology
gains acceptance and starts to be integrated into home electronics devices currently controlled
through our IR remote controllers, demand for our products may decrease, resulting in decreased
operating results, financial condition, and cash flows.
Failure to Recruit, Hire, and Retain Key Personnel
Our ability to achieve growth in the future will depend, in part, on our success at recruiting,
hiring, and retaining highly skilled engineering, managerial, operational, sales and marketing
personnel. Our corporate office, including our advanced technology engineering group, is based in
Southern California. The high cost of living in Southern California makes it difficult to attract
talent from outside the region and may also put pressure on overall employment related expense.
Additionally, our competitors seek to recruit and hire the same key personnel. Therefore, if we
fail to stay competitive in salary and benefits within the industry it may negatively impact our
ability to hire and retain key personnel. The inability to recruit, hire, and retain qualified
personnel in a timely manner, or the loss of any key personnel, may make it difficult to meet key
objectives, such as timely and effective product introductions.
17
Credit Facility
On January 8, 2010, we entered into a new $15 million unsecured revolving credit line with U.S.
Bank (Credit Facility), expiring on October 31, 2011. Presently, we have no borrowings; however,
we cannot make any assurances that we will not need to borrow amounts under this facility. If this
or any other Credit Facility is not available to us at a time when we need to borrow, we would have
to use our cash reserves, including potentially repatriating cash from
foreign jurisdictions, which may have a material adverse effect on our operating results,
financial condition and cash flows.
Change in Competition and Pricing
We rely on third-party manufacturers to build our universal wireless control products. Price is
always an issue in winning and retaining business. If customers become increasingly price
sensitive, new competition may arise from manufacturers who decide to go into direct competition
with us or from current competitors who perform their own manufacturing. If such a trend develops,
we may experience downward pressure on our pricing or lose sales, which may have a material adverse
effect on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
Transportation Costs; Impact of Oil Prices
We ship products from our foreign manufacturers via ocean and air transport. It is sometimes
difficult to forecast swings in demand or delays in production and, as a result, products may be
shipped via air which is more costly than ocean shipments. We typically cannot recover the
increased cost of air freight from our customers. Additionally, tariffs and other export fees may
be incurred to ship products from foreign manufacturers to the customer. The inability to predict
swings in demand or delays in production may increase the cost of freight which may have a material
adverse effect on our product margins.
In addition, we have an exposure to oil prices in two forms. The first is in the prices of the
oil-based materials that we use in our products, which are primarily the plastics and other
components that we include in our finished products. The second is in the cost of delivery and
freight, which would be passed on by the carriers that we use in the form of higher rates. We
record freight-in as a cost of sales and freight-out in operating expenses. Rising oil prices may
have an adverse effect on cost of sales and operating expenses.
Proprietary Technologies
We produce highly complex products that incorporate leading-edge technology, including hardware,
firmware, and software. Firmware and software may contain bugs that may unexpectedly interfere with
product operation. There can be no assurance that our testing programs will detect all defects in
individual products or defects that may affect numerous shipments. The presence of defects may harm
customer satisfaction, reduce sales opportunities, or increase returns. An inability to cure or
repair such a defect may result in the failure of a product line, temporary or permanent withdrawal
from a product or market, damage to our reputation, increased inventory costs, or product
reengineering expenses, any of which may have a material impact on our operating results, financial
condition and cash flows.
Strategic Business Transactions
We may, from time to time, pursue strategic alliances, joint ventures, business acquisitions,
products or technologies (strategic business transactions) that complement or expand our existing
operations, including those that may be material in size and scope. Strategic business
transactions involve many risks, including the diversion of managements attention away from
day-to-day operations. There is also the risk that we will not be able to successfully integrate
the strategic business transaction with our operations, personnel, customer base, products or
technologies. Such strategic business transactions may also have adverse short-term effects on our
operating results, and may result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of
debt, and the loss of key employees. In addition, these strategic business transactions are
generally subject to specific accounting guidelines that may adversely affect our financial
condition, results of operations and cash flow. For instance, business acquisitions must be
accounted for as purchases and, because most technology-related acquisitions involve the purchase
of significant intangible assets, these acquisitions typically result in substantial amortization
charges, which may have a material adverse effect on our results of
18
operations. There can be no assurance that any such strategic business transactions will occur or,
if such transactions do occur, that the integration will be successful or that the customer bases,
products or technologies will generate sufficient revenue to offset the associated costs or
effects.
Growth Projections
Management has made the projections required for the preparation of financial statements in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America regarding
future events and the financial performance of the company, including those involving:
|
|
the benefits the company expects as a result of the development and success of products and
technologies, including new products and technologies; |
|
|
the recently announced new contracts with new and existing customers and new market
penetrations; |
|
|
the growth expected as a result of the digital from analog conversion; |
|
|
the expected continued growth in digital TVs, PVRs and overall growth in the companys
industry; and |
|
|
the effects we may experience due to the continued softness in worldwide markets driven by
the current economic environment. |
Actual events or results may be unfavorable to managements projections, which may have a material
adverse effect on our projected operating results, financial condition and cash flows.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
We have no unresolved staff comments as of the date of filing this Form 10-K.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our corporate headquarters is located in Cypress, California. We utilize the following office
facilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Square |
|
|
Location |
|
Purpose or Use |
|
Feet |
|
Status |
Cypress, California
|
|
Corporate headquarters, engineering, research and development
|
|
34,080
|
|
Leased, expires January 31, 2012 |
Twinsburg, Ohio
|
|
Consumer and customer call center
|
|
21,509
|
|
Leased, expires May 30, 2011 |
Enschede, Netherlands
|
|
International headquarters and call center
|
|
18,292
|
|
Leased, expires September 30, 2013 |
Bangalore, India
|
|
Engineering, research and development
|
|
17,713
|
|
Leased, expired February 28, 2010 |
Shenzhen, China
|
|
Engineering, quality assurance, research and development
|
|
6,127
|
|
Leased, expires February 15, 2013 |
San Mateo, California
|
|
Engineering, research and development
|
|
4,868
|
|
Leased, expires June 30, 2011 |
Hong Kong, China
|
|
Operations and administrative services
|
|
3,060
|
|
Leased, expires November 15, 2011 |
In addition to the facilities listed above, we lease space in various international locations,
primarily for use as sales offices. Furthermore, in order to support the growth of our company,
during 2008 we completed renovations to expand our corporate headquarters. Our lease for the
Bangalore office expired on February 28, 2010. We are negotiating a renewal. We believe we will
obtain a renewal under similar terms, however there can be no
assurance that we will renew under similar terms or that
our offer to renew will be accepted.
See ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements Note 10 for additional information regarding our obligations under leases.
19
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are subject to lawsuits arising out of the conduct of our business. The discussion of our
litigation matters in ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements Note 12 is incorporated by reference.
PART II
ITEM 4. RESERVED
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF
EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol UEIC. The closing price
of our common stock as reported by NASDAQ on March 11, 2010 was
$22.84. Our stockholders of record
on March 11, 2010 numbered 136. We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock,
nor do we currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We intend
to retain our earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of our business.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
There were no unregistered sales of equity securities during 2009.
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sale prices for our
common stock, as reported by NASDAQ:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
|
High |
|
Low |
|
High |
|
Low |
First Quarter |
|
$ |
19.80 |
|
|
$ |
10.85 |
|
|
$ |
35.50 |
|
|
$ |
18.04 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
|
22.50 |
|
|
|
17.27 |
|
|
|
28.20 |
|
|
|
20.67 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
|
22.12 |
|
|
|
16.99 |
|
|
|
27.99 |
|
|
|
19.02 |
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
|
24.07 |
|
|
|
19.80 |
|
|
|
26.49 |
|
|
|
12.33 |
|
Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table sets forth, for the fourth quarter, our total stock repurchases, average price
paid per share and the maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under our plans or
programs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of |
|
Maximum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased |
|
Shares that May |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
as Part of |
|
Yet Be |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Publicly |
|
Purchased |
|
|
Total Number of |
|
Weighted Average |
|
Announced |
|
Under the |
|
|
Shares |
|
Price Paid |
|
Plans |
|
Plans or |
Period |
|
Purchased |
|
per Share |
|
or Programs |
|
Programs |
10/1/2009 10/31/2009 |
|
|
32,634 |
|
|
$ |
20.69 |
|
|
|
| |
|
|
| |
11/1/2009 11/30/2009 |
|
|
43,878 |
|
|
|
21.90 |
|
|
|
| |
|
|
| |
12/1/2009 12/31/2009 |
|
|
39,679 |
|
|
|
21.91 |
|
|
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total during fourth quarter |
|
|
116,191 |
|
|
$ |
21.57 |
|
|
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year ended December 31, 2009, we repurchased 404,643 shares of our issued and
outstanding common stock for $7.7 million under an ongoing and systematic program approved by our
Board of Directors. We make stock repurchases to manage the dilution created by shares issued under
our stock incentive plans or when we deem a repurchase is a good use of our cash and the price to
be paid is at or below a threshold approved by our Board from time to time. On February 11, 2010,
our Board of Directors revisited this program and authorized management to continue repurchasing up
to an additional 1,000,000 shares of our issued and outstanding common stock.
20
Equity Compensation Plans
Information regarding our equity compensation plans, including both stockholder approved plans and
plans not approved by stockholders, is incorporated by reference to ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF
CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS under the
caption Equity Compensation Plan Information and ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY
DATA Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Note 15 under the caption
Stock-Based Compensation.
Performance Chart
The following graph and table compares the cumulative total stockholder return with respect to our
common stock versus the cumulative total return of our Peer Group Index,
Standard & Poors Small Cap 600 (the S&P Small Cap 600) and the NASDAQ Composite Index for the five year period ended December 31, 2009. The comparison assumes
that $100 is invested on December 31, 2004 in each of our common stock, the Peer Group Index,
S&P Small Cap 600 and the NASDAQ Composite Index and that all dividends are
reinvested. We have not paid any dividends and, therefore, our cumulative total return calculation
is based solely upon stock price appreciation and not upon reinvestment of dividends. The graph and
table depicts year-end values based on actual market value increases and decreases relative to the
initial investment of $100, based on information provided for each calendar year by the NASDAQ
Stock Market and the New York Stock Exchange.
During the five years ended December 31, 2009, three of our peer group companies were acquired and
as a result the Peer Group Index is composed of only two companies. Given the decrease in the
number of companies and its composition, we believe the relevance of the Peer Group Index has been
impaired. As a result we have replaced the Peer Group Index with the S&P Small Cap 600 (of which we
are a member). In this year of change we have shown the new and old index for comparison purposes.
Beginning with our 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K, we will no longer include the Peer Group Index.
21
The comparisons in the graph and table below are based on historical data and are not intended to
forecast the possible future performance of our common stock.
Comparison
of Stockholder Returns of Universal Electronics Inc.,
the Peer Group Index (1), S&P Small Cap 600 and the NASDAQ Composite Index
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12/31/2004 |
|
12/31/2005 |
|
12/31/2006 |
|
12/31/2007 |
|
12/31/2008 |
|
12/31/2009 |
Universal Electronics Inc. |
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
98 |
|
|
$ |
119 |
|
|
$ |
190 |
|
|
$ |
92 |
|
|
$ |
132 |
|
Peer Group Index |
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
107 |
|
|
$ |
105 |
|
|
$ |
82 |
|
|
$ |
36 |
|
|
$ |
50 |
|
S&P Small Cap 600 |
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
107 |
|
|
$ |
122 |
|
|
$ |
120 |
|
|
$ |
82 |
|
|
$ |
101 |
|
NASDAQ Composite Index |
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
101 |
|
|
$ |
111 |
|
|
$ |
122 |
|
|
$ |
72 |
|
|
$ |
104 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Companies in the Peer Group Index are as follows: Harman International Industries,
Inc. and Koss Corporation. |
Information presented is as of the end of each calendar year for the period December 31, 2004
through 2009. This information shall not be deemed to be solicited material or to be filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission or subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act) nor shall this information be incorporated by
reference into any prior or future filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act,
except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into a filing.
22
ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The information below is not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations and should
be read in conjunction with ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, and the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included in
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA, of this Form 10-K, which are incorporated
herein by reference, in order to understand further the factors that may affect the comparability
of the financial data presented below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
(in thousands, except per share data) |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
Net sales |
|
$ |
317,550 |
|
|
$ |
287,100 |
|
|
$ |
272,680 |
|
|
$ |
235,846 |
|
|
$ |
181,349 |
|
Operating income |
|
$ |
21,947 |
|
|
$ |
20,761 |
|
|
$ |
26,451 |
|
|
$ |
18,517 |
|
|
$ |
11,677 |
|
Net income |
|
$ |
14,675 |
|
|
$ |
15,806 |
|
|
$ |
20,230 |
|
|
$ |
13,520 |
|
|
$ |
9,701 |
|
Earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
1.07 |
|
|
$ |
1.13 |
|
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
|
$ |
0.98 |
|
|
$ |
0.72 |
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
1.05 |
|
|
$ |
1.09 |
|
|
$ |
1.33 |
|
|
$ |
0.94 |
|
|
$ |
0.69 |
|
Shares used in calculating earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
13,667 |
|
|
|
14,015 |
|
|
|
14,410 |
|
|
|
13,818 |
|
|
|
13,462 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
13,971 |
|
|
|
14,456 |
|
|
|
15,177 |
|
|
|
14,432 |
|
|
|
13,992 |
|
Cash dividend declared per common
share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross margin |
|
|
32.0 |
% |
|
|
33.5 |
% |
|
|
36.4 |
% |
|
|
36.4 |
% |
|
|
37.0 |
% |
Selling, general, administrative, research
and development expenses as a % of net sales |
|
|
25.1 |
% |
|
|
26.3 |
% |
|
|
26.7 |
% |
|
|
28.5 |
% |
|
|
30.6 |
% |
Operating margin |
|
|
6.9 |
% |
|
|
7.2 |
% |
|
|
9.7 |
% |
|
|
7.9 |
% |
|
|
6.4 |
% |
Net income as a % of net sales |
|
|
4.6 |
% |
|
|
5.5 |
% |
|
|
7.4 |
% |
|
|
5.7 |
% |
|
|
5.4 |
% |
Return on average assets |
|
|
6.5 |
% |
|
|
7.3 |
% |
|
|
10.2 |
% |
|
|
8.3 |
% |
|
|
6.8 |
% |
Working capital |
|
$ |
127,086 |
|
|
$ |
122,303 |
|
|
$ |
140,330 |
|
|
$ |
106,179 |
|
|
$ |
77,201 |
|
Ratio of current assets to current liabilities |
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
233,307 |
|
|
$ |
217,555 |
|
|
$ |
217,285 |
|
|
$ |
178,608 |
|
|
$ |
146,319 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
29,016 |
|
|
$ |
75,238 |
|
|
$ |
86,610 |
|
|
$ |
66,075 |
|
|
$ |
43,641 |
|
Longterm debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity |
|
$ |
169,730 |
|
|
$ |
153,353 |
|
|
$ |
168,242 |
|
|
$ |
134,217 |
|
|
$ |
103,292 |
|
Book value per share (a) |
|
$ |
12.40 |
|
|
$ |
11.24 |
|
|
$ |
11.55 |
|
|
$ |
9.58 |
|
|
$ |
7.63 |
|
Ratio of liabilities to liabilities and
stockholders equity |
|
|
27.3 |
% |
|
|
29.5 |
% |
|
|
22.6 |
% |
|
|
24.9 |
% |
|
|
29.4 |
% |
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Book value per share is defined as stockholders equity divided by common shares
issued, less treasury stock. |
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements
and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this document.
Overview
We have developed a broad line of pre-programmed universal wireless control products and
audio-video accessories that are marketed to enhance home entertainment systems. Our customers
operate in the consumer electronics market and include OEMs, MSOs (cable and satellite service
providers), international retailers, CEDIA (Custom Electronic Design and Installation Association),
North American retailers, private labels, and companies in the computing industry. We also sell
integrated circuits, on which our software and IR code database is embedded, to OEMs that
manufacture wireless control devices, cable converters or satellite receivers for resale in their
products. We believe that our universal remote control database contains device codes that are
capable of controlling virtually all IR controlled TVs, VCRs, DVD players, cable converters, CD
players, audio components and satellite receivers, as well as most other infrared remote controlled
devices worldwide.
Beginning in 1986 and continuing today, we have compiled an extensive IR code library that covers
over 451,000 individual device functions and over 4,000 individual consumer electronic equipment
brand names. Our library is
23
regularly updated with new IR codes used in newly introduced video and audio devices. All such IR
codes are captured from the original manufacturers remote control devices or manufacturers
specifications to ensure the accuracy and integrity of the database. We have also developed
patented technologies that provide the capability to easily upgrade the memory of the wireless
control device by adding IR codes from the library that were not originally included.
We operate as one business segment. We have thirteen subsidiaries located in Argentina, Cayman
Islands, France, Germany (2), Hong Kong (2), India, Italy, the Netherlands, Singapore, Spain and
the United Kingdom.
To recap our results for 2009:
|
|
|
Our revenue grew 10.6% from $287.1 million in 2008 to $317.6 million in 2009. |
|
|
|
Our sales growth in 2009 was the result of strong demand from the customers in our
business category, due in part to the continuation of the upgrade cycle from analog to
digital, consumer demand for advanced-function offerings from subscription broadcasters,
increased share with existing customers, and new customer wins. |
|
|
|
Our 2009 operating income increased 5.7% to $21.9 million from $20.8 million in 2008.
Our operating margin percentage decreased from 7.2% in 2008 to 6.9% in 2009 due primarily
to the decrease in our gross margin percentage from 33.5% in 2008 to 32.0% in 2009. The
decrease in our gross margin rate was due primarily to sales mix, as a higher percentage of
our total sales was comprised of our lower-margin business category. In addition, the
weakening of both the Euro and the British Pound versus the U.S. dollar also contributed to
the decline in our gross margin percentage. Partially offsetting the decrease in our gross
margin percentage was a 120 basis point improvement in operating expenses as a percentage
of net sales in 2009 compared to 2008. |
|
|
|
In spite of challenging worldwide economic conditions that persisted throughout 2009,
we continued to grow sales, acquired the remote control assets of Zilog, generated $24
million in cash flow from operations, and enter 2010 well-positioned. |
Our strategic business objectives for 2010 include the following:
|
|
|
increase our share with existing customers; |
|
|
|
acquire new customers in historically strong regions; |
|
|
|
continue our expansion into new regions, Asia in particular; |
|
|
|
continue to develop industry-leading technologies and products; and |
|
|
|
continue to evaluate potential acquisition and joint venture opportunities that may
enhance our business. |
We intend for the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations to
provide information that will assist in understanding our consolidated financial statements, the
changes in certain key items in those financial statements from period to period, and the primary
factors that accounted for those changes, as well as how certain accounting principles, policies
and estimates affect our consolidated financial statements.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those
related to revenue recognition, allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts, warranties,
inventory valuation, business combination purchase price allocations, our review for impairment of
long-
24
lived assets, intangible assets and goodwill, income taxes and stock-based compensation expense.
Actual results may differ from these judgments and estimates, and they may be adjusted as more
information becomes available. Any adjustment may be significant.
An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made
based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, if
different estimates reasonably may have been used, or if changes in the estimate that are
reasonably likely to occur may materially impact the financial statements. Management believes the
following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in
the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Revenue recognition
We recognize revenue on the sale of products when delivery has occurred, there is persuasive
evidence of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is
reasonably assured.
When a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, such as software products, licenses and/or
services, we allocate revenue to each element based on its relative fair value. The fair values for
the multiple elements are determined based on vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE), or the
price charged when the element is sold separately. The residual method is utilized when VSOE exists
for all the undelivered elements, but not for the delivered element. This is performed by
allocating revenue to the undelivered elements (that have VSOE) and the residual revenue to the
delivered elements. When the fair value for an undelivered element cannot be determined, we defer
revenue for the delivered elements until the undelivered element is delivered. We limit the amount
of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future
delivery of products or services or subject to customer-specified return or refund privileges.
Sales allowances reduce gross accounts receivable and gross sales to arrive at accounts receivable,
net and net sales in the same period the related receivable and revenue is recorded. We have no
obligations after the delivery of our products other than any associated warranties.
We record a provision for estimated retail sales returns. These estimates are based on historical
sales returns, analysis of credit memo data and other known factors. The provision recorded for
estimated sales returns and allowances is deducted from gross sales to arrive at net sales in the
period the related revenue is recorded. The allowance for sales returns balance at December 31,
2009 and 2008 was $2.0 million and $2.8 million, respectively. The allowance for sales returns
balance at December 31, 2009 and 2008 contained reserves for items returned prior to year-end, but
that were not completely processed, and therefore not yet removed from the allowance for sales
returns balance. We estimate that if these returns had been fully processed the allowance for sales
returns balance would have been approximately $1.4 million and $0.8 million on December 31, 2009
and 2008. The value of these returned goods was included in our inventory balance at December 31,
2009 and 2008.
We accrue for discounts and rebates on product sales in the same period as the related revenues are
recorded based on our current expectations, after considering historical experience. Changes in
such accruals may be required if future rebates and incentives differ from our estimates. Rebates
and incentives are recognized as a reduction of sales if distributed in cash or customer account
credits. Rebates and incentives are recognized as cost of sales if we provide products or services
for payment.
We
maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of
our customers to make payments for products sold or services rendered. The allowance for doubtful
accounts is based on a variety of factors, including historical experience, length of time
receivables are past due, current economic trends and changes in customer payment behavior. Also,
we record specific provisions for individual accounts when we become aware of a customers
inability to meet its financial obligations to us, such as in the case of bankruptcy filings or
deterioration in the customers operating results or financial position. Our historical reserves
have been sufficient to cover losses from uncollectible accounts. We incurred $0.4 million of bad
debt expense in 2009 to reflect certain customer accounts where collection was highly uncertain in
the current economic environment. If circumstances related to a customer change, our estimates of
the recoverability of the receivables would be further adjusted, either upward or downward.
25
We have not made any material changes in our methodology for recognizing revenue during the past
three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a
material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to recognize revenue. However, if actual
results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to losses or gains
that may be material.
Warranty
We warrant our products against defects in materials and workmanship arising during normal use. We
service warranty claims directly through our customer service department or contracted third-party
warranty repair facilities. Our warranty periods range up to three years. We estimate and recognize
product warranty costs, which are included in cost of sales, as we sell the related products.
Warranty costs are forecasted based on the best available information, primarily historical claims
experience and the expected cost per claim. The costs we have incurred to service warranty claims
have been minimal. Historically, product defects have been less than 0.5% of the net units sold. As
a result the balance of our reserve for estimated warranty costs is not significant.
We have not made any material changes in our warranty reserve methodology during the past three
fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material
change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate the warranty reserve. However, actual
claim costs may differ from the amounts estimated. If a significant product defect were to be
discovered on a high volume product, our financial statements may be materially impacted.
Inventories
Our inventories consist primarily of wireless control devices and the related component parts,
primarily integrated circuits, and are valued at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is
determined using the first-in, first-out method. We write-down our inventory for the estimated
difference between the inventorys cost and its estimated market value based upon our best
estimates about future demand and market conditions.
We carry inventory in amounts necessary to satisfy our customers inventory requirements on a
timely basis. We continually monitor our inventory status to control inventory levels and
write-down any excess or obsolete inventories on hand. Our total excess and obsolete inventory
reserve as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $1.8 million and $1.5 million, respectively, or 4.1%
and 3.5% of total inventory. The increase in our excess and obsolete reserve in 2009 was the result
of $3.4 million of additional write-downs, offset primarily by $3.1 million of scrapped inventory.
This compared to additional write-downs of $2.4 million offset primarily by scrapped inventory of
$2.7 million in 2008.
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology used to establish our excess
and obsolete inventory reserve during the past three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a
reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions
we use to calculate our excess and obsolete inventory reserve. If actual market conditions are less
favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required
which may have a material impact on our financial statements. Such circumstances may include, but
are not limited to, the development of new competing technology that impedes the marketability of
our products or the occurrence of significant price decreases in our component parts, such as
integrated circuits. Each percentage point change in the ratio of excess and obsolete inventory
reserve to inventory would impact cost of sales by approximately $0.4 million.
Business Combinations
We are required to allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible
assets and the liabilities assumed, as well as in-process research and development (IPR&D), based
upon their estimated fair values. We engage independent third-party appraisal firms to assist us in
determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Such valuations require
management to make significant fair value estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to
intangible assets. Management estimates the fair value of certain intangible assets by utilizing
the following (but not limited to):
26
|
|
|
future free cash flow from customer contracts, customer lists, distribution agreements,
acquired developed technologies, and patents; |
|
|
|
expected costs to develop IPR&D into commercially viable products and cash flows from
the products once they are completed; |
|
|
|
brand awareness and market position, as well as assumptions regarding the period of
time the brand will continue to be used in our product portfolio; and |
|
|
|
discount rates utilized in discounted cash flow models. |
Our estimates are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable; however, unanticipated events
or circumstances may occur which may affect the accuracy of our fair value estimates, including
assumptions regarding industry economic factors and business strategies.
Valuation of Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets
We assess long-lived and intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered
important which may trigger an impairment review if significant include the following:
|
|
|
underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results; |
|
|
|
changes in the manner of use of the assets; |
|
|
|
changes in the strategy of our overall business; |
|
|
|
negative industry or economic trends; |
|
|
|
a decline in our stock price for a sustained period; and |
|
|
|
a variance between our market capitalization relative to net book value. |
We perform an impairment review when we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset or
an intangible asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above
indicators of impairment. If the carrying value of the asset is larger than the undiscounted cash
flows, the asset is impaired. We measure an impairment based on the projected discounted cash flow
method using a discount rate determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent
in our current business model. In assessing the recoverability, we must make assumptions regarding
estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the respective assets.
We have not made any material changes in our impairment loss assessment methodology during the past
three fiscal years. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a
material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate the impairment of long-lived
assets and intangible assets. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and
assumptions we may be exposed to material impairment charges.
Capitalized Software Development Costs
At each balance sheet date, we compare the unamortized capitalized software development costs to
the net realizable value of the related product. The amount by which the unamortized capitalized
software development costs exceed the net realizable value of the related product is written off.
The net realizable value is the estimated future gross revenues attributable to each product
reduced by its estimated future completion costs and disposal. Any remaining amount of capitalized
software development costs that have been written down are considered to be the cost for subsequent
accounting purposes, and the amount of the write-down is not subsequently restored.
27
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the
future estimates of net realizable value we use to test for impairment losses on capitalized
software development costs. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and
assumptions we may be exposed to impairment charges.
Goodwill
We evaluate the carrying value of goodwill as of December 31 of each year and between annual
evaluations if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair
value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such circumstances may include, but are not
limited to: (1) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in business climate, (2)
unanticipated competition or (3) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.
When performing the impairment review, we determine the carrying amount of each reporting unit by
assigning assets and liabilities, including the existing goodwill, to those reporting units. A
reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred
to as a component). A component of an operating segment is deemed a reporting unit if the component
constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available, and segment
management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. Our domestic and
international operations are components and reporting units of our sole operating segment. On
December 31, 2009, the goodwill allocated to the domestic and international reporting units was
$8.3 million and $5.4 million, respectively.
To evaluate whether goodwill is impaired, we compare the estimated fair value of the reporting unit
to which the goodwill is assigned to the reporting units carrying amount, including goodwill. We
estimate the fair value of our reporting units based on income and market approaches. Under the
income approach, we calculate the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of
estimated future cash flows. Under the market approach, we estimate the fair value based on market
multiples of Enterprise Value to EBITDA for comparable companies. If the carrying amount of a
reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the amount of the impairment loss must be measured.
The impairment loss would be calculated by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill to its
carrying amount. In calculating the implied fair value of the reporting units goodwill, the fair
value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the other assets and liabilities of that unit
based on their fair values. The excess of the reporting units fair value over the amount assigned
to its other assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss would
be recognized when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.
Determining the fair value of a reporting unit or an indefinite-lived purchased intangible asset is
judgmental in nature and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates
and assumptions include revenue growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected
future cash flows, risk-adjusted discount rates, future economic and market conditions and
determination of appropriate market comparables. We base our fair value estimates on assumptions we
believe to be reasonable but that are unpredictable and inherently uncertain. Actual future results
may differ from those estimates. In addition, we make certain judgments and assumptions in
allocating shared assets and liabilities to determine the carrying values for each of our reporting
units.
We have not made any material changes in our impairment loss assessment methodology during the past
three fiscal years. We continue to estimate the fair value of our reporting units to be in excess
of their carrying value, and therefore have not recorded any impairment. The amount by which the
fair value of our reporting units exceeded their book value utilizing the income and market
approaches ranged from 33 percent to 632 percent and therefore we concluded our goodwill was not
impaired at December 31, 2009. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will
be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to test for impairment losses on
goodwill. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions we may
be exposed to material impairment charges.
Income Taxes
We calculate our current and deferred tax provisions based on estimates and assumptions that may
differ from the actual results reflected in our income tax returns filed during the subsequent
year. We record adjustments based on
28
filed returns when we have identified and finalized them, which is generally in the third and
fourth quarters of the subsequent year for U.S. federal and state provisions, respectively.
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of temporary
differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using
enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which we expect the differences to reverse. We record a
valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that we are more likely than
not to realize. We have considered future market growth, forecasted earnings, future taxable
income, the mix of earnings in the jurisdictions in which we operate and prudent and feasible tax
planning strategies in determining the need for a valuation allowance. In the event we were to
determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax assets in the
future, we would increase the valuation allowance and make a corresponding charge to earnings in
the period in which we make such determination. Likewise, if we later determine that we are more
likely than not to realize the net deferred tax assets, we would reverse the applicable portion of
the previously provided valuation allowance. In order for us to realize our deferred tax assets we
must be able to generate sufficient taxable income in the tax jurisdictions in which the deferred
tax assets are located.
Our effective tax rate includes the impact of certain undistributed foreign earnings for which we
have not provided U.S. taxes because we plan to reinvest such earnings indefinitely outside the
United States. The decision to reinvest our foreign earnings indefinitely outside the United States
is based on our projected cash flow needs as well as the working capital and long-term investment
requirements of our foreign subsidiaries and our domestic operations. Material changes in our
estimates of cash, working capital and long-term investment requirements in the various
jurisdictions in which we do business may impact our effective tax rate.
We are subject to income taxes in the United States and foreign countries, and we are subject to
routine corporate income tax audits in many of these jurisdictions. We believe that our tax return
positions are fully supported, but tax authorities are likely to challenge certain positions, which
may not be fully sustained. However, our income tax expense includes amounts intended to satisfy
income tax assessments that result from these challenges in accordance with the accounting for
uncertainty in income taxes prescribed by U.S. GAAP. Determining the income tax expense for these
potential assessments and recording the related assets and liabilities requires management
judgments and estimates.
We have recorded a liability for uncertain tax positions of $2.8 million at December 31, 2009. We
believe that our reserve for uncertain tax positions, including related interest and penalties, is
adequate. Our reserve for uncertain tax positions is primarily attributable to uncertainties
concerning the tax treatment of our international operations, including the allocation of income
among different jurisdictions, and any related interest. We review our reserves quarterly, and we
may adjust such reserves due to proposed assessments by tax authorities, changes in facts and
circumstances, issuance of new regulations or new case law, previously unavailable information
obtained during the course of an examination, negotiations between tax authorities of different
countries concerning our transfer prices, execution of advanced pricing agreements, resolution with
respect to individual audit issues, the resolution of entire audits, or the expiration of statutes
of limitations. The amounts ultimately paid upon resolution of audits may be materially different
from the amounts previously included in our income tax expense and, therefore, may have a material
impact on our operating results, financial position and cash flows.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Stock-based compensation expense for each employee and director is presented in the same income
statement caption as their cash compensation. During the year ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and
2007, we recorded $4.3 million, $4.2 million and $3.5 million, respectively, in pre-tax stock-based
compensation expense. The income tax benefit associated with stock-based compensation expense was
$1.5 million, $1.5 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.
29
Stock-based compensation expense by income statement caption for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007 was the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales |
|
$ |
33 |
|
|
$ |
17 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Research and development |
|
|
434 |
|
|
|
356 |
|
|
|
418 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
3,845 |
|
|
|
3,870 |
|
|
|
3,072 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation expense |
|
$ |
4,312 |
|
|
$ |
4,243 |
|
|
$ |
3,521 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expense includes pre-tax stock-based compensation related to
restricted stock awards granted to outside directors of $0.5 million, $0.6 million and $0.7 million
for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We issue restricted stock
awards to the outside directors for services performed. Compensation expense for the restricted
stock awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of one year.
Selling, general and administrative expense includes pre-tax stock-based compensation related to
stock option awards granted to outside directors of $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0 for the years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We issue stock option awards to the outside
directors for services performed. Compensation expense for the stock option awards is recognized on
a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of three years.
Stock Option Grants
During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Compensation Committee and Board of Directors granted
233,400 stock options to our employees with an aggregate grant date fair value of $1.6 million
under various stock incentive plans. The stock options granted to employees during 2009 consisted
of the following:
(in thousands, except share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Grant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Date |
|
|
|
Stock Option |
|
|
Underlying |
|
|
Fair |
|
|
|
Grant Date |
|
Options |
|
|
Value |
|
|
Vesting Period |
January 1, 2009 |
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
$ |
95 |
|
|
4 -Year Vesting Period (25% each year) |
February 18, 2009 |
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
4 -Year Vesting Period (25% each year) |
February 19, 2009 |
|
|
7,500 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
4 -Year Vesting Period (25% each year) |
February 21, 2009 |
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
4 -Year Vesting Period (25% each year) |
March 10, 2009 |
|
|
185,900 |
|
|
|
1,340 |
|
|
4 -Year Vesting Period (6.25% each quarter) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233,400 |
|
|
$ |
1,600 |
|
|
|
On October 30, 2009, our Board of Directors appointed Carl E. Vogel to serve as a Class II
Director. In connection with his appointment, our directors granted Mr. Vogel 20,000 stock options
under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. These options are subject to a three-year vesting period
(33.3% each year) and are in addition to the employee grants above. The aggregate grant date fair
value of this award was $0.2 million.
During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recognized $0.3 million of pre-tax stock-based
compensation expense related to our 2009 stock option grants.
At December 31, 2009, there was $2.9 million of unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation
expense related to non-vested stock options which we expect to recognize over a weighted-average
period of 2.2 years.
During the annual review cycle for 2010, the Compensation Committee granted our Named Executives
99,900 stock options under various Stock Incentive Plans. The options were granted as part of
long-term incentive compensation to assist us in meeting our performance and retention objectives.
The grant, dated January 25, 2010, is subject to a four-year vesting period (0% each quarter during
the first year, 8.33% each quarter during the second, third and fourth years). The total grant date
fair value of these awards was $1.1 million.
30
Restricted Stock Grants
During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Compensation Committee and Board of Directors granted
298,170 restricted stock awards under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan to our employees with an
aggregate grant date fair value of $4.5 million. The restricted stock awards granted to employees
during 2009 consisted of the following:
(in thousands, except share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
|
Grant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of |
|
|
Date |
|
|
|
Restricted Stock |
|
Shares |
|
|
Fair |
|
|
|
Grant Date |
|
Granted |
|
|
Value |
|
|
Vesting Period |
January 1, 2009 |
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
$ |
74 |
|
|
4-Year Vesting Period (25% each year) |
February 12, 2009 |
|
|
77,146 |
|
|
|
925 |
|
|
3-Year Vesting Period (5% each quarter during years 1-2 and 15% each quarter during year 3) |
March 4, 2009 |
|
|
24,723 |
|
|
|
376 |
|
|
2-Year Vesting Period (12.5% each quarter) |
March 10, 2009 |
|
|
147,693 |
|
|
|
2,400 |
|
|
3-Year Vesting Period (8.75% each quarter during years 1-2 and 7.5% each quarter during year 3) |
March 10, 2009 |
|
|
40,500 |
|
|
|
658 |
|
|
4-Year Vesting Period (6.25% each quarter) |
August 18, 2009 |
|
|
3,108 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
3-Year Vesting Period (8.75% each quarter during years 1-2 and 7.5% each quarter during year 3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
298,170 |
|
|
$ |
4,493 |
|
|
|
In addition to the grants to employees, 28,333 shares of restricted stock were granted to our
outside directors during 2009. On July 1, 2009, 25,000 shares of restricted stock, with a grant
date fair value of $0.5 million, were granted to our outside directors as a part of their annual
compensation package. These shares are subject to a one-year vesting period (25% each quarter). On
October 30, 2009, our Board of Directors appointed Carl E. Vogel to serve as a Class II Director.
In connection with his appointment, Mr. Vogel was granted 3,333 shares of restricted stock with a
grant date fair value of $70 thousand (a prorated portion of the annual restricted stock grant made
to each director). These shares are subject to an eight-month vesting period (833 shares vested
during the fourth quarter 2009 and 1,250 shares will vest in both the first and second quarter of
2010).
During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recognized $1.5 million of pre-tax stock-based
compensation expense related to our 2009 restricted stock grants.
At December 31, 2009, there was $4.5 million of unrecognized pre-tax stock-based compensation
expense related to non-vested restricted stock awards which we expect to recognize over a
weighted-average period of 1.9 years.
During the annual review cycle for 2010, the Compensation Committee granted our Named Executives
45,500 restricted stock awards under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. The awards were granted as part
of long-term incentive compensation to assist us in meeting our performance and retention
objectives. The grant, dated January 25, 2010, is subject to a four-year vesting period (0% each
quarter during the first year, 8.33% each quarter during the second, third and fourth years). The
total grant date fair value of these awards was $1.1 million.
Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of share-based payment
awards requires the utilization of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected life and
forfeiture rate of the share-based payment awards and stock price volatility. Management determined
that historical volatility calculated based on our actively traded common stock is a better
indicator of expected volatility and future stock price trends than implied volatility. The
assumptions used in calculating the fair value of share-based payment awards represent managements
best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of
managements judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our
stock-based compensation expense may be materially different in the future.
We do not believe it is reasonably likely that there will be a material change in the future
estimates or assumptions used to determine stock-based compensation expense. However, if actual
results are not consistent with our
31
estimates and assumptions we may be exposed to material stock-based compensation expense. Refer to
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements -
Note 15 for additional disclosure regarding stock-based compensation expense.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our results of operations expressed as a percentage of net sales for
the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
317,550 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
287,100 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
272,680 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of sales |
|
|
215,938 |
|
|
|
68.0 |
|
|
|
190,910 |
|
|
|
66.5 |
|
|
|
173,329 |
|
|
|
63.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
101,612 |
|
|
|
32.0 |
|
|
|
96,190 |
|
|
|
33.5 |
|
|
|
99,351 |
|
|
|
36.4 |
|
Research and development expenses |
|
|
8,691 |
|
|
|
2.7 |
|
|
|
8,160 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
|
|
8,820 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses |
|
|
70,974 |
|
|
|
22.4 |
|
|
|
67,269 |
|
|
|
23.5 |
|
|
|
64,080 |
|
|
|
23.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
21,947 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
20,761 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
|
|
|
26,451 |
|
|
|
9.7 |
|
Interest income |
|
|
471 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
3,017 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
3,104 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
Other (expense) income, net |
|
|
(241 |
) |
|
|
(0.0 |
) |
|
|
311 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes |
|
|
22,177 |
|
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
24,089 |
|
|
|
8.4 |
|
|
|
29,562 |
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
7,502 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
8,283 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
9,332 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
14,675 |
|
|
|
4.6 |
% |
|
$ |
15,806 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
% |
|
$ |
20,230 |
|
|
|
7.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008
Consolidated
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $317.6 million, an increase of 11% compared to
$287.1 million for the same period last year. Net income for 2009 was $14.7 million or $1.05 per
diluted share compared to $15.8 million or $1.09 per diluted share for 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
$ (millions) |
|
|
% of total |
|
|
$ (millions) |
|
|
% of total |
|
Net sales: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business |
|
$ |
262.5 |
|
|
|
82.7 |
% |
|
$ |
231.5 |
|
|
|
80.6 |
% |
Consumer |
|
|
55.1 |
|
|
|
17.3 |
% |
|
|
55.6 |
|
|
|
19.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales |
|
$ |
317.6 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
287.1 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales in our Business lines (subscription broadcasting, OEM, and computing companies) were
approximately 83% of net sales for 2009 compared to approximately 81% for 2008. Net sales in our
business lines for 2009 increased by approximately 13% to $262.5 million from $231.5 million in
2008. This increase in net sales resulted primarily from an increase in the volume of remote
control sales, which was partially offset by lower prices. The increase in remote control sales
volume was attributable to the continued deployment of advanced function set-top boxes by the
service operators, market share gains with a few key subscription broadcasting customers and new
customer wins. These advanced functions include digital video recording (DVR), video-on-demand
(VOD), and high definition television (HDTV). We expect that the deployment of the advanced
function set-top boxes by the service operators will continue into the foreseeable future as
penetration for each of the functions cited continues to increase.
Net sales in our Consumer lines (One For All® retail, private label, custom installers, and direct
import) were approximately 17% of net sales for 2009 compared to approximately 19% for 2008. Net
sales in our consumer lines for 2009 decreased by 1% to $55.1 million from $55.6 million in 2008.
The 2009 net sales were negatively impacted by the weakening of the Euro and the British Pound
compared to the U.S. dollar, which resulted in a decrease in net sales of approximately $3.6
million. Net of the currency effect, net retail sales outside of the United States were down by an
additional $0.9 million. Net private label sales in the United States decreased by $1.4 million, or
70%, to $0.6 million in 2009 from $2.0 million in 2008. In addition, net sales in the CEDIA market
decreased by $0.8 million, or 11%, from $7.0 million in 2008 to $6.2 million in 2009. Partially
offsetting these decreases was North
32
American retail, which increased net sales by $6.2 million, from $2.0 million in 2008 to $8.2
million in 2009. The increase in North American retail was the result of our distribution agreement
with Audiovox, which was signed during the second quarter of 2008.
Gross profit for 2009 was $101.6 million compared to $96.2 million for 2008. Gross profit as a
percent of sales decreased to 32.0% in 2009 from 33.5% in 2008, due primarily to the following:
|
|
|
Sales mix, as a higher percentage of our total sales was comprised of our lower margin
Business category. In addition, sales mix within our sales categories also contributed to
the decrease in our gross margin rate as consumers trended towards value-oriented products.
Collectively, the aforementioned resulted in a decrease of 0.7% in the gross margin rate; |
|
|
|
Foreign currency fluctuations caused a decrease of 0.7% in the gross margin rate driven
by the weakening of the Euro and British Pound as compared to the U.S. dollar; |
|
|
|
An increase in inventory scrap expense caused a decrease of 0.2% in the gross margin
rate. |
Included within the sales mix calculation was the positive benefit of our relationship with Maxim
Integrated Products which resulted in an increase in our gross margin percentage of approximately
1.0%. During 2009 we agreed to be Maxims sales agent in return for a sales agency fee. The sales
agency fee during 2009 was $4.4 million. During 2010, as the transition from the Zilog chip
platform to the Maxim chip platform progresses, we will begin to take over full sales and
distribution rights, procuring and selling the chips directly to Zilogs former customers. We
anticipate this relationship will lead to growth in revenue and earnings going forward.
Research and development expenses increased 7% from $8.2 million in 2008 to $8.7 million in 2009.
The increase is primarily due to additional labor dedicated to general research & development
activities.
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 6% from $67.3 million in 2008 to $71.0
million in 2009. The weakening of the Euro compared to the U.S. dollar resulted in a decrease of
$1.6 million; net of the currency effect, selling, general and administrative expenses increased by
$5.3 million. Legal, accounting, and advisory professional service expense increased by $1.1
million, due to the acquisition of assets from Zilog, which was completed during the first quarter
of 2009. The newly-acquired Zilog operations increased operating expenses by an additional $3.8
million. In addition, severance costs of approximately $0.9 million were incurred in 2009. During
the fourth quarter of 2009, we also settled a copyright infringement lawsuit which increased
operating expenses by approximately $0.6 million. Partially offsetting these increases was a
decline in advertising and tradeshow expense which decreased by $1.1 million.
In 2009, we recorded $0.5 million of net interest income compared to $3.0 million for 2008. The
decrease in interest income is due to significantly lower interest rates.
We recorded income tax expense of $7.5 million in 2009 compared to $8.3 million in 2008. Our
effective tax rate was 33.8% in 2009 compared to 34.4% in 2008. The decrease in our effective tax
rate was due primarily to the completion of our Dutch tax audit for 2002 through 2006 which
resulted in approximately $0.4 million of tax reserves being reversed and credited into income in
the fourth quarter of 2009, offset partially by a higher percentage of income earned in higher tax
rate jurisdictions in 2009 compared to 2008.
Management expects net sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 to be between $325 million and
$340 million as compared to $317.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. During 2009, we
benefited from a significant customer purchasing the majority of its remote controls from us. In
2010, we expect this customer to return to a more traditional dual source arrangement, where we
will continue to supply one-hundred percent of their chipsets, but will share the remote control
volume with an additional source. A chipset is sold for less than a finished good remote, however
they command a slightly higher gross margin percentage. We estimate this will decrease our net
sales to this customer by approximately $25.0 million during 2010 compared to the year ended
December 31, 2009. However, we believe that growth from our existing customers and the addition of
new customers, both domestically and internationally, as well as the impact of the Zilog
acquisition, will more than offset this decrease in net sales.
33
Earnings per share for the year ending December 31, 2010 is expected to be between $1.20 and $1.35
as compared to the $1.05 per diluted share earned in the year ended December 31, 2009.
Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007
Consolidated
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $287.1 million, an increase of 5% compared to
$272.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Net income for 2008 was $15.8 million or $1.09
per diluted share compared to $20.2 million or $1.33 per diluted share for 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
$ (millions) |
|
|
% of total |
|
|
$ (millions) |
|
|
% of total |
|
Net sales: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business |
|
$ |
231.5 |
|
|
|
80.6 |
% |
|
$ |
214.7 |
|
|
|
78.7 |
% |
Consumer |
|
|
55.6 |
|
|
|
19.4 |
% |
|
|
58.0 |
|
|
|
21.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales |
|
$ |
287.1 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
272.7 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales in our Business lines (subscription broadcasting, OEM, and computing companies) were
approximately 81% of net sales for 2008 compared to approximately 79% for 2007. Net sales in our
business lines for 2008 increased by approximately 8% to $231.5 million from $214.7 million in
2007. This increase in sales resulted primarily from an increase in the volume of remote control
sales, which was partially offset by lower prices. The increase in remote control sales volume was
attributable to the continued deployment of advanced function set-top boxes by the service
operators, market share gains with a few key subscription broadcasting customers and new customer
wins. These advanced functions include digital video recording (DVR), video-on-demand (VOD),
and high definition television (HDTV). We expect that the deployment of the advanced function
set-top boxes by the service operators will continue into the foreseeable future as penetration for
each of the functions cited continues to increase.
Net sales in our Consumer lines (One For All® retail, private label, custom installers, and direct
import) were approximately 19% of net sales for 2008 compared to approximately 21% for 2007. Net
sales in our consumer lines for 2008 decreased by 4% to $55.6 million from $58.0 million in 2007.
The sales were negatively impacted by the weakening of the British Pound compared to the U.S.
dollar, which resulted in a decrease in net sales of approximately $2.1 million. The strengthening
of the Euro compared to the U.S. dollar positively impacted sales, which resulted in an increase of
$1.0 million. Net of the currency effect, retail sales outside of the United States were down by
$3.1 million, primarily due to lower sales in the UK, Spain and France. Additionally, Private Label
sales in the United States decreased by $1.2 million, or 38%, to $2.0 million in 2008 from $3.2
million in 2007. Partially offsetting these decreases is our expanding presence in the CEDIA market
which increased sales by $2.2 million, or 47%, from 2007. In addition, other US Retail increased by
$0.8 million, from $1.2 million in 2007 to $2.0 million in 2008, due to customer wins.
Gross profit for 2008 was $96.2 million compared to $99.4 million for 2007. Gross profit as a
percent of sales for 2008 was 33.5%, compared to 36.4% for 2007, due primarily to the following
reasons:
|
|
|
Sales mix, as a higher percentage of our total sales was comprised of our lower margin
Business category. In addition, sales mix within our sales categories also contributed to
the decrease in our gross margin rate as consumers trended towards value-oriented products.
Collectively, the aforementioned resulted in a decrease of 3.2% in the gross margin rate; |
|
|
|
Foreign currency fluctuations caused a decrease of 0.3% in the gross margin rate; |
|
|
|
A decrease in freight and handling expense (due to a lower percentage of air freight)
caused an increase of 0.5% in the gross margin rate. |
Research and development expenses decreased 8% from $8.8 million in 2007 to $8.2 million in 2008.
The decrease is primarily due to the completion of the latest development phase for the Nevo
platform in late 2007.
34
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 5% from $64.1 million in 2007 to $67.3
million in 2008. The strengthening of the Euro compared to the U.S. dollar resulted in an increase
of $2.2 million; payroll and benefits increased by $0.8 million due to new hires and merit
increases; stock-based compensation increased by $0.8 million; depreciation expense in 2008
increased by $0.7 million, primarily due to increased tooling to support a higher volume of sales
and an office renovation completed in early 2008; sales commissions increased by $0.4 million; bad
debt expense increased by $0.4 million; and trade show expense increased by $0.4 million. These
items were partially offset by lower long term incentive compensation, which decreased by $1.5
million, and a decline in net outside product development spending, which decreased by $0.9
million.
In 2008, we recorded $3.0 million of net interest income comparable to $3.1 million for 2007.
We recorded income tax expense of $8.3 million in 2008 compared to $9.3 million in 2007. Our
effective tax rate was 34.4% in 2008 compared to 31.6% in 2007. The increase in our effective tax
rate is due primarily to additional income earned in higher tax-rate jurisdictions as well as lower
federal research and development credits.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Sources and Uses of Cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
December 31, |
|
Increase |
|
December 31, |
|
Increase |
|
December 31, |
(In thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
(Decrease) |
|
2008 |
|
(Decrease) |
|
2007 |
Cash provided by operating activities |
|
$ |
23,987 |
|
|
$ |
(6,165 |
) |
|
$ |
30,152 |
|
|
$ |
10,215 |
|
|
$ |
19,937 |
|
Cash used for investing activities |
|
|
(66,091 |
) |
|
|
(58,671 |
) |
|
|
(7,420 |
) |
|
|
(1,237 |
) |
|
|
(6,183 |
) |
Cash (used for) provided by financing
activities |
|
|
(4,222 |
) |
|
|
20,965 |
|
|
|
(25,187 |
) |
|
|
(26,585 |
) |
|
|
1,398 |
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash |
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
9,021 |
|
|
|
(8,917 |
) |
|
|
(14,300 |
) |
|
|
5,383 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase |
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009 |
|
(Decrease) |
|
December 31, 2008 |
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
29,016 |
|
|
$ |
(46,222 |
) |
|
$ |
75,238 |
|
Working capital |
|
|
127,086 |
|
|
|
4,783 |
|
|
|
122,303 |
|
Net cash provided by operating activities in 2009 was $24.0 million compared to $30.2 million
during 2008. The decrease in cash flows from operating activities in 2009 compared to 2008 was
primarily due to our deliberate effort to improve our vendor management which commenced during 2008
and resulted in a $15.6 million cash inflow by the end of 2008. As a result of the improved vendor
terms being negotiated and implemented in 2008, there was minimal opportunity for improvement
relating to accounts payable in 2009. Days in payables actually decreased from 81 days at December
31, 2008 to 67 days at December 31, 2009 resulting in a cash outflow of approximately $2.1 million
in 2009. In addition, during 2009 we had cash outflows related to accounts receivable of
$4.2 million compared to cash outflows of $1.5 million during 2008 due primarily to higher net
sales over the last couple of years. Partially offsetting the aforementioned activity was an
improvement in inventory turns from 4.4 turns in 2008 to 5.3 turns in 2009. Despite having higher
sales, our inventory levels decreased from $43.7 million at December 31, 2008 to $40.9 million at
December 31, 2009 compared to an inventory build of $8.8 million from December 31, 2007 to December
31, 2008.
Net cash provided by operating activities in 2008 was $30.2 million compared to $19.9 million
during 2007. The increase in cash flows from operating activities in 2008 compared to 2007 was
primarily due to an increase in accounts payable. Accounts payable increased at a higher rate
compared to the prior year due to improved vendor management, including negotiating better payment
terms with certain significant vendors.
Our days sales outstanding improved from 82 days for the fourth quarter 2007 to 68 days for the
fourth quarter 2008 resulting in a $3.5 million improvement in working capital in 2008 compared to
2007. Partially offsetting the improvement in days sales outstanding is the decrease in inventory
turns from 5.0 during 2007 to 4.4 during 2008. The decrease in inventory turns was a result of our
deliberate effort to reduce costly air shipments by carrying additional safety stock as well as
maintain high customer service levels with existing and newly acquired customers.
35
Net cash used for investing activities during 2009 was $66.1 million as compared to $7.4 million
and $6.2 million during 2008 and 2007, respectively. The increase in cash used for investing
activities in 2009 was primarily due to the acquisition of intangible assets and goodwill of
$9.5 million from Zilog and our term deposit investment of $49.2 million. Please refer to ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Notes 7
and 21 for additional disclosure regarding our purchase of goodwill and intangible assets from
Zilog.
Net cash used for financing activities was $4.2 million during 2009 compared to $25.2 million
during 2008 and cash provided by financing activities of $1.4 million during 2007. Proceeds from
stock option exercises were $3.3 million during 2009 compared to proceeds of $1.2 million and $12.6
million during 2008 and 2007, respectively. In 2009, gains from stock option exercises resulted in
a $0.3 million excess tax benefit compared to $0.3 million and $3.3 million for 2008 and 2007,
respectively. In addition, we purchased 404,643 shares of our common stock at a cost of $7.7
million during 2009, compared to 1,118,318 and 471,300 shares at a cost of $26.7 million and $14.5
million during 2008 and 2007, respectively. We hold these shares as treasury stock and they are
available for reissue. Presently, except for using a minimal number of these treasury shares to
compensate our outside board members, we have no plans to distribute these shares, although we may
change these plans if necessary to fulfill our on-going business objectives.
On February 11, 2010, our Board of Directors authorized management to continue repurchasing up to
an additional 1,000,000 shares of our issued and outstanding common stock. Repurchases may be made
to manage dilution created by shares issued under our stock incentive plans or whenever we deem a
repurchase is a good use of our cash and the price to be paid is at or below a threshold approved
by our Board.
On January 8, 2010, we entered into a new $15 million unsecured revolving credit line with U.S.
Bank (Credit Facility), expiring on October 31, 2011. Amounts available for borrowing under the
Credit Facility are reduced by the balance of any outstanding import letters of credit and are
subject to certain quarterly financial covenants related to our cash flow, fixed charges, quick ratio, and
net income.
At December 31, 2009 we had no debt, however we cannot make any assurances that we will not need to
borrow amounts under this Credit Facility. If this or any other facility is not available to us at
a time when we need to borrow, we would have to use our cash
reserves, including potentially repatriating cash from foreign
jurisdictions, which may have a material
adverse effect on our operating results, financial position and cash flows.
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and the effect these obligations are
expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than |
|
|
1 - 3 |
|
|
4 - 5 |
|
|
After |
|
(in thousands) |
|
Total |
|
|
1 year |
|
|
Years |
|
|
years |
|
|
5 years |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual obligations: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations |
|
$ |
4,649 |
|
|
$ |
1,905 |
|
|
$ |
2,376 |
|
|
$ |
368 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Purchase obligations(1) |
|
|
39,516 |
|
|
|
11,516 |
|
|
|
16,000 |
|
|
|
12,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual obligations |
|
$ |
44,165 |
|
|
$ |
13,421 |
|
|
$ |
18,376 |
|
|
$ |
12,368 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Purchase obligations primarily include contractual payments to purchase minimum
quantities of inventory under vendor agreements. |
Liquidity
Historically, we have utilized cash provided from operations as our primary source of liquidity, as
internally generated cash flows have been sufficient to support our business operations, capital
expenditures, acquisitions and discretionary share repurchases. We are able to supplement our
short-term liquidity, if necessary, with our Credit Facility.
36
Our working capital needs have typically been greatest during the third and fourth quarters when
accounts receivable and inventories increase in connection with the fourth quarter holiday selling
season. At December 31, 2009, we had $127.1 million of working capital compared to $122.3 million
at December 31, 2008.
Our cash balances are held in numerous locations throughout the world, including substantial
amounts held outside of the United States. Most of the amounts held outside of the United States
may be repatriated to the United States but, under current law, would be subject to United States
federal income taxes, less applicable foreign tax credits. Repatriation of some foreign balances is
restricted by local laws. We have not provided for the United States federal tax liability on these
amounts for financial statement purposes as this cash is considered indefinitely reinvested outside
of the United States. Our intent is to meet our domestic liquidity needs through ongoing cash
flows, external borrowings, or both. We utilize a variety of tax planning strategies in an effort
to ensure that our worldwide cash is available in the locations in which it is needed.
At December 31, 2009, we had approximately $9.3 million, $14.2 million, $2.4 million and $3.1
million of cash and cash equivalents in the United States, Europe, Asia and Cayman Islands,
respectively. In addition, at December 31, 2009 we had a six-month
term deposit of $49.2 million in Asia which matured on January
21, 2010. A new term deposit of $50.3 million was entered into on
March 11, 2010 and will mature on June 11, 2010. We attempt to mitigate
our exposure to interest rate, liquidity, credit and other relevant risks by placing our cash, cash
equivalents, and term deposit with financial institutions we believe are high quality.
For information regarding our Credit Facility, see ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE
DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
It is our policy to carefully monitor the state of our business, cash requirements and capital
structure. We believe that the cash generated from our operations and funds from our Credit
Facility will be sufficient to support our current business operations as well as anticipated
growth at least through the end of 2010; however, there can be no assurance that such funds will be
adequate for that purpose.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not participate in any off balance sheet arrangements.
New Accounting Pronouncements
See ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements Note 2 for a discussion of new accounting pronouncements.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to various market risks, including interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate
fluctuations. We have established policies, procedures and internal processes governing our
management of these risks and the use of financial instruments to mitigate our risk exposure.
On January 8, 2010, we entered into a new $15 million unsecured revolving credit line with U.S.
Bank (Credit Facility), expiring on October 31, 2011. Amounts available for borrowing under the
Credit Facility are reduced by the balance of any outstanding import letters of credit and are
subject to certain quarterly financial covenants related to our cash flow, fixed charges, quick ratio, and
net income. Under the Credit Facility, we may elect to pay interest based on the banks prime rate
or LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 1.8%. The applicable LIBOR (1, 3, 6, or 12-month LIBOR) corresponds
with the loan period we select. At December 31, 2009, the 12-month LIBOR plus the fixed margin was
2.8% and the banks prime rate was 3.25%. If a LIBOR rate loan is prepaid prior to the completion
of the loan period, we must pay the bank the difference between the interest the bank would have
earned had prepayment not occurred and the interest the bank actually earned. We may prepay prime
rate loans in whole or in part at any time without a premium or penalty.
At December 31, 2009 we had no debt, however we cannot make any assurances that we will not
need to borrow amounts under this Credit Facility. If this or any other facility is not available
to us at a time when we need to
37
borrow, we
would have to use our cash reserves, including potentially
repatriating cash from foreign
jurisdictions, which may have a material adverse effect on our
earnings, cash flow and financial position.
At December 31, 2009 we had wholly owned subsidiaries in Argentina, Cayman Islands, France,
Germany, Hong Kong, India, Italy, the Netherlands, Singapore, Spain, and the United Kingdom. We are
exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk inherent in our sales commitments, anticipated
sales, anticipated purchases, assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S.
dollar. The most significant foreign currencies to our operations for fiscal 2009 were the Euro and
the British Pound. For most currencies, we are a net receiver of the foreign currency and therefore
benefit from a weaker U.S. dollar and are adversely affected by a stronger U.S. dollar relative to
the foreign currency. Even where we are a net receiver, a weaker U.S. dollar may adversely affect
certain expense figures taken alone.
From time to time, we enter into foreign currency exchange agreements to manage the foreign
currency exchange rate risks inherent in our forecasted income and cash flows denominated in
foreign currencies. The terms of these foreign currency exchange agreements normally last less than
nine months. We recognize the gains and losses on these foreign currency contracts in the same
period as the remeasurement losses and gains of the related foreign currency-denominated exposures.
It is difficult to estimate the impact of fluctuations on reported income, as it depends on the
opening and closing rates, the average net balance sheet positions held in a foreign currency and
the amount of income generated in local currency. We routinely forecast what these balance sheet
positions and income generated in local currency may be and we take steps to minimize exposure as
we deem appropriate. Alternatively, we may choose not to hedge the foreign currency risk associated
with our foreign currency exposures, primarily if such exposure acts as a natural foreign currency
hedge for other offsetting amounts denominated in the same currency or the currency is difficult or
too expensive to hedge. We do not enter into any derivative transactions for speculative purposes.
The sensitivity of earnings and cash flows to the variability in exchange rates is assessed by
applying an approximate range of potential rate fluctuations to our assets, obligations and
projected results of operations denominated in foreign currency with all other variables held
constant. The analyses cover all of our foreign currency contracts offset by the underlying
exposures. Based on our overall foreign currency rate exposure at December 31, 2009, we believe
that movements in foreign currency rates may have a material affect on our financial position. We
estimate that if the exchange rates for the Euro and the British Pound relative to the U.S. dollar
fluctuate 10% from December 31, 2009, net income and cash flows in the first quarter of 2010 would
fluctuate by approximately $0.6 million and $6.7 million, respectively.
38
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
|
78 |
|
All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is
shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
39
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Universal Electronics Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Universal Electronics Inc. (a
Delaware corporation) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of
income, stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2009. Our audits of the basic financial statements included the financial statement
schedule listed in the index to the consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and
financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Universal Electronics Inc. as of December 31, 2009 and
2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when
considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all
material respects, the information set forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), Universal Electronics Inc.s internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated
March 15, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Irvine, California
March 15, 2010
40
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share-related data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
29,016 |
|
|
$ |
75,238 |
|
Term deposit |
|
|
49,246 |
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
|
64,392 |
|
|
|
59,825 |
|
Inventories, net |
|
|
40,947 |
|
|
|
43,675 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
2,423 |
|
|
|
3,461 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
3,016 |
|
|
|
2,421 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
189,040 |
|
|
|
184,620 |
|
Equipment, furniture and fixtures, net |
|
|
9,990 |
|
|
|
8,686 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
13,724 |
|
|
|
10,757 |
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
|
11,572 |
|
|
|
5,637 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
1,144 |
|
|
|
609 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
7,837 |
|
|
|
7,246 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
233,307 |
|
|
$ |
217,555 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
39,514 |
|
|
$ |
44,705 |
|
Accrued sales discounts, rebates and royalties |
|
|
6,028 |
|
|
|
4,848 |
|
Accrued income taxes |
|
|
3,254 |
|
|
|
2,334 |
|
Accrued compensation |
|
|
4,619 |
|
|
|
3,617 |
|
Other accrued expenses |
|
|
8,539 |
|
|
|
6,813 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
61,954 |
|
|
|
62,317 |
|
Long-term liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
153 |
|
|
|
130 |
|
Income tax payable |
|
|
1,348 |
|
|
|
1,442 |
|
Other long-term liabilities |
|
|
122 |
|
|
|
313 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
63,577 |
|
|
|
64,202 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares
authorized; none issued or outstanding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares
authorized; 19,140,232 and 18,715,833 shares issued
at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively |
|
|
191 |
|
|
|
187 |
|
Paid-in capital |
|
|
128,913 |
|
|
|
120,551 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
|
1,463 |
|
|
|
750 |
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
118,989 |
|
|
|
104,314 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
249,556 |
|
|
|
225,802 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less cost of common stock in treasury, 5,449,962 and
5,070,319 shares at December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively |
|
|
(79,826 |
) |
|
|
(72,449 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity |
|
|
169,730 |
|
|
|
153,353 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
|
$ |
233,307 |
|
|
$ |
217,555 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
41
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
317,550 |
|
|
$ |
287,100 |
|
|
$ |
272,680 |
|
Cost of sales |
|
|
215,938 |
|
|
|
190,910 |
|
|
|
173,329 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
101,612 |
|
|
|
96,190 |
|
|
|
99,351 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expenses |
|
|
8,691 |
|
|
|
8,160 |
|
|
|
8,820 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
70,974 |
|
|
|
67,269 |
|
|
|
64,080 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income |
|
|
21,947 |
|
|
|
20,761 |
|
|
|
26,451 |
|
Interest income |
|
|
471 |
|
|
|
3,017 |
|
|
|
3,104 |
|
Other (expense) income, net |
|
|
(241 |
) |
|
|
311 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes |
|
|
22,177 |
|
|
|
24,089 |
|
|
|
29,562 |
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
7,502 |
|
|
|
8,283 |
|
|
|
9,332 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
14,675 |
|
|
$ |
15,806 |
|
|
$ |
20,230 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
1.07 |
|
|
$ |
1.13 |
|
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
1.05 |
|
|
$ |
1.09 |
|
|
$ |
1.33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
13,667 |
|
|
|
14,015 |
|
|
|
14,410 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
13,971 |
|
|
|
14,456 |
|
|
|
15,177 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
42
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued |
|
|
in Treasury |
|
|
Paid-in |
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
Retained |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
Income (Loss) |
|
|
Earnings |
|
|
Totals |
|
|
Income |
|
Balance at December 31, 2006 |
|
|
17,543 |
|
|
$ |
175 |
|
|
|
(3,529 |
) |
|
$ |
(31,964 |
) |
|
$ |
94,733 |
|
|
$ |
2,759 |
|
|
$ |
68,514 |
|
|
$ |
134,217 |
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,230 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
20,230 |
|
Currency translation
adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,462 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,462 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
28,692 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for employee
benefit plan |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
630 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
631 |
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of treasury shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(471 |
) |
|
|
(14,519 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,519 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised |
|
|
981 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,588 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,597 |
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued to Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
370 |
|
|
|
(370 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockbased compensation
expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,521 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,521 |
|
|
|
|
|
Adoption of FIN 48
(Note 8) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(236 |
) |
|
|
(236 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from exercise of
non qualified stock options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,339 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,339 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007 |
|
|
18,547 |
|
|
$ |
185 |
|
|
|
(3,975 |
) |
|
$ |
(46,113 |
) |
|
$ |
114,441 |
|
|
$ |
11,221 |
|
|
$ |
88,508 |
|
|
$ |
168,242 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,806 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
15,806 |
|
Currency translation
adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,471 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,471 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
5,335 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for employee
benefit plan and compensation |
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
632 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
633 |
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of treasury shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,118 |
) |
|
|
(26,689 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(26,689 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised |
|
|
114 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,157 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,158 |
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued to Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
353 |
|
|
|
(353 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockbased compensation
expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,243 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,243 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from exercise of
non qualified stock options
and vested restricted stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
431 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
431 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008 |
|
|
18,716 |
|
|
$ |
187 |
|
|
|
(5,070 |
) |
$ |
|
(72,449 |
) |
|
$ |
120,551 |
|
|
$ |
750 |
|
|
$ |
104,314 |
|
|
$ |
153,353 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,675 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
14,675 |
|
Currency translation
adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
713 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
713 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
15,388 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued for employee
benefit plan and compensation |
|
|
145 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
740 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
741 |
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of treasury shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(405 |
) |
|
|
(7,747 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,747 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercised |
|
|
279 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,272 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,275 |
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issued to Directors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
370 |
|
|
|
(370 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockbased compensation
expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,312 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,312 |
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from exercise of
non qualified stock options
and vested restricted stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
408 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
408 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009 |
|
|
19,140 |
|
|
$ |
191 |
|
|
|
(5,450 |
) |
|
$ |
(79,826 |
) |
|
$ |
128,913 |
|
|
$ |
1,463 |
|
|
$ |
118,989 |
|
|
$ |
169,730 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
43
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Cash provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
14,675 |
|
|
$ |
15,806 |
|
|
$ |
20,230 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
6,801 |
|
|
|
6,084 |
|
|
|
4,675 |
|
Provision for doubtful accounts |
|
|
363 |
|
|
|
442 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
Provision for inventory write-downs |
|
|
3,480 |
|
|
|
2,671 |
|
|
|
2,146 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
(1,141 |
) |
|
|
(448 |
) |
|
|
219 |
|
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options and vested restricted stock |
|
|
408 |
|
|
|
431 |
|
|
|
3,339 |
|
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation |
|
|
(250 |
) |
|
|
(344 |
) |
|
|
(3,320 |
) |
Shares issued for employee benefit plan |
|
|
741 |
|
|
|
633 |
|
|
|
631 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
4,312 |
|
|
|
4,243 |
|
|
|
3,521 |
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
(4,206 |
) |
|
|
(1,478 |
) |
|
|
(5,033 |
) |
Inventories |
|
|
(354 |
) |
|
|
(12,219 |
) |
|
|
(9,194 |
) |
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
|
|
552 |
|
|
|
(1,888 |
) |
|
|
837 |
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses |
|
|
(2,096 |
) |
|
|
15,557 |
|
|
|
3,982 |
|
Accrued income and other taxes |
|
|
702 |
|
|
|
662 |
|
|
|
(2,119 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
23,987 |
|
|
|
30,152 |
|
|
|
19,937 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash used for investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term deposit |
|
|
(49,246 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of equipment, furniture and fixtures |
|
|
(6,171 |
) |
|
|
(5,945 |
) |
|
|
(4,802 |
) |
Acquisition of intangible assets |
|
|
(1,172 |
) |
|
|
(1,475 |
) |
|
|
(1,381 |
) |
Acquisition of assets from Zilog, Inc. |
|
|
(9,502 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used for investing activities |
|
|
(66,091 |
) |
|
|
(7,420 |
) |
|
|
(6,183 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash (used for) provided by financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from stock options exercised |
|
|
3,275 |
|
|
|
1,158 |
|
|
|
12,597 |
|
Treasury stock purchased |
|
|
(7,747 |
) |
|
|
(26,689 |
) |
|
|
(14,519 |
) |
Excess tax benefit from stockbased compensation |
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
344 |
|
|
|
3,320 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities |
|
|
(4,222 |
) |
|
|
(25,187 |
) |
|
|
1,398 |
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash |
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
(8,917 |
) |
|
|
5,383 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
(46,222 |
) |
|
|
(11,372 |
) |
|
|
20,535 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
|
|
75,238 |
|
|
|
86,610 |
|
|
|
66,075 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
|
$ |
29,016 |
|
|
$ |
75,238 |
|
|
$ |
86,610 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Cash Flow Information Income taxes paid were $7.3 million, $8.2 million and $8.1
million in 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
44
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
Note 1 Description of Business
Universal Electronics Inc., based in Southern California, has developed a broad line of
easy-to-use, pre-programmed universal wireless control products and audio-video accessories that
are marketed to enhance home entertainment systems as well as software designed to enable consumers
to wirelessly connect, control and interact with an increasingly complex home environment. Our
primary markets include cable and satellite service providers, retail,
original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), custom installers,
private label, and companies in the personal computing
industry. Over the past 22 years, we have developed a broad portfolio of patented technologies and
a database of home connectivity software that we license to our customers, including many leading
Fortune 500 companies. In addition, we sell our universal wireless control products and other
audio-visual accessories through our European headquarters in the Netherlands and to distributors
and retailers in Europe, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa, the Middle East, Mexico, and
selected countries in Asia and Latin America under the One For All® brand name.
As used herein, the terms we, us and our refer to Universal Electronics Inc. and its
subsidiaries unless the context indicates to the contrary.
Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our wholly-owned
subsidiaries. All the intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the
consolidated financial statements.
Estimates and Assumptions
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those
related to revenue recognition, allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts, warranties,
inventory valuation, business combination purchase price allocations, our review for impairment of
long-lived assets, intangible assets and goodwill, income taxes and stock-based compensation
expense. Actual results may differ from these assumptions and estimates, and they may be adjusted
as more information becomes available. Any adjustment may be material.
Revenue Recognition and Sales Allowances
We recognize revenue on the sale of products when delivery has occurred, there is persuasive
evidence of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is
reasonably assured. Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear
interest. Sales allowances reduce gross accounts receivable and gross sales to arrive at accounts
receivable, net and net sales in the same period the related receivable and revenue is recorded
(see Note 4 for further information concerning our sales allowances).
The provision recorded for estimated sales returns and allowances is deducted from gross sales to
arrive at net sales in the period the related revenue is recorded. These estimates are based on
historical sales returns, analysis of credit memo data and other known factors. We have no
obligations after delivery of our products other than the associated warranties (see Note 12 for
further information concerning our warranty obligations).
We accrue for discounts and rebates on product sales in the same period as the related revenues are
recorded based on historical experience. Changes in such accruals may be required if future rebates
and incentives differ from our
estimates. Rebates and incentives are recognized as a reduction of sales if distributed in cash or
customer account credits. Rebates and incentives are recognized as cost of sales if we provide
products or services for payment.
45
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of
our customers to make payments for products sold or services rendered. The allowance for doubtful
accounts is based on a variety of factors, including historical experience, length of time
receivables are past due, current economic trends and changes in customer payment behavior. Also,
we record specific provisions for individual accounts when we become aware of a customers
inability to meet its financial obligations to us, such as in the case of bankruptcy filings or
deterioration in the customers operating results or financial position. If circumstances related
to a customer change, our estimates of the recoverability of the receivables would be further
adjusted, either upward or downward.
We generate service revenue, which is paid monthly, as a result of providing consumer support
programs to some of our customers through our call centers. These service revenues are recognized
when services are performed, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed
or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.
We also license our intellectual property including our patented technologies, trade secrets,
trademarks, and database of infrared codes. We record license revenue when our customers ship a
product incorporating our intellectual property, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the
sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.
We may from time to time initiate the sale of certain intellectual property, including patented
technologies, trademarks, or a particular database of infrared codes. When a fixed upfront fee is
received in exchange for the conveyance of a patent, trademark, or database delivered that
represents the culmination of the earnings process, we record revenue when delivery has occurred,
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the sales price is fixed or determinable and
collectability is reasonably assured.
When a sales arrangement contains multiple elements, such as software products, licenses and/or
services, we allocate revenue to each element based on its relative fair value. The fair values for
the multiple elements are determined based on vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE), or the
price charged when the element is sold separately. The residual method is utilized when VSOE exists
for all the undelivered elements, but not for the delivered element. This is performed by
allocating revenue to the undelivered elements (that have VSOE) and the residual revenue is
allocated to the delivered elements. When the fair value for an undelivered element cannot be
determined, we defer revenue for the delivered elements until the undelivered element is delivered.
We limit the amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not
contingent on the future delivery of products or services or subject to customer-specified return
or refund privileges.
We present all non-income government-assessed taxes (sales, use and value added taxes) collected
from our customers and remitted to governmental agencies on a net basis (excluded from revenue) in
our financial statements. The government-assessed taxes are recorded in other accrued expenses
until they are remitted to the government agency.
Income Taxes
Income tax expense includes U.S. and foreign income taxes. We account for income taxes using the
liability method. We record deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities on our balance sheet
for expected future tax consequences of events recognized in our financial statements in a
different period than our tax return using enacted tax rates that will be in effect when these
differences reverse. We record a valuation allowance to reduce net deferred tax assets if we
determine that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. A
current tax asset or liability is recognized for the estimated taxes refundable or payable for the
current year.
A tax position that is more likely than not is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is
greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement, or else a full
reserve is established against the tax asset or a liability is recorded. See Note 8 for further
information concerning income taxes.
46
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
Research and Development
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consist primarily of salaries, employee
benefits, supplies and materials.
Advertising
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense totaled $1.3 million, $2.1 million
and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs
We include shipping and handling fees billed to customers in net sales. Shipping and handling costs
associated with in-bound freight are recorded in cost of goods sold. Other shipping and handling
costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses and totaled $7.9 million, $8.4
million and $7.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation
We recognize the grant date fair value of stock-based compensation awards as expense, net of
estimated forfeitures, in proportion to vesting during the requisite service period, which is
generally one to four years. We determined the fair value of the restricted stock awards utilizing
the average of the high and low trade prices of our Companys shares on the date they were granted.
We have evaluated the available option pricing models and the assumptions we may utilize to
estimate the grant date fair value of stock options granted to employees and directors. We have
elected to utilize the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The assumptions utilized in the
Black-Scholes model include the following: weighted average fair value of grant, risk-free interest
rate, expected volatility and expected life in years. As part of our assessment of possible
assumptions, management determined that historical volatility calculated based on our actively
traded common stock is a better indicator of expected volatility and future stock price trends than
implied volatility. Therefore, we calculate the expected volatility of our common stock utilizing
its historical volatility over a period of time equal to the expected term of the stock option. In
addition, we examined the historical pattern of stock option exercises in an effort to determine if
there were any discernable patterns based on employee classification. From this analysis, we
identified two classifications: (1) Executives and Board of Directors and (2) Non-Executives. Our
estimate of expected life is computed utilizing historical exercise patterns and post-vesting
behavior within each of the two identified classifications. The risk-free interest rate over the
expected term is equal to the prevailing U.S. Treasury note rate over the same period. See Notes 13
and 15 for further information regarding stock-based compensation.
Foreign Currency Translation and Foreign Currency Transactions
We use the U.S. dollar as our functional currency for financial reporting purposes. The functional
currency for most of our foreign subsidiaries is their local currency. The translation of foreign
currencies into U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using exchange rates in effect
at the balance sheet dates and for revenue and expense accounts using the average exchange rate
during each period. The gains and losses resulting from the translation are included in the foreign
currency translation adjustment account, a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in
stockholders equity, and are excluded from net income. The portions of intercompany accounts
receivable and accounts payable that are not intended for settlement are translated at exchange
rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Our intercompany foreign
investments and long-term debt that are not intended for settlement
are translated using historical exchange rates.
We recorded a foreign currency translation gain of $0.7 million, a loss of $10.5 million and a gain
of $8.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The foreign
currency translation gain of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 was driven by the
weakening of the U.S. dollar versus the Euro. The U.S. dollar/Euro spot rate was 1.43 and 1.39 at
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
47
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
The foreign currency translation loss of $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 was
driven by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus the Euro. The U.S. dollar/Euro spot rate was
1.39 and 1.46 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The foreign currency translation loss
during 2008 was compounded by our transfer of 47.0 million, or $60.2 million, into Hong Kong
dollars (which are indexed to the U.S. dollar) in November 2008. The U.S. dollar/Euro spot rate at
the time of transfer was 1.28. This composed approximately $7.2 million of the foreign currency
translation loss for 2008.
The foreign currency translation gain of $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 was
driven by the weakening of the U.S. dollar versus the Euro. The U.S. dollar/Euro spot rate was 1.46
and 1.32 at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.
Transaction gains and losses generated by the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates
on recorded assets and liabilities denominated in a currency different than the functional currency
of the applicable entity are recorded in other (expense) income, net (see Note 16 for further
information concerning transaction gains and losses).
Financial Instruments
Our financial instruments consist primarily of investments in cash and cash equivalents, a term
deposit, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The carrying value of our
financial instruments approximate fair value as a result of their short maturities (see Notes 3, 4,
5 and 9 for further information concerning our financial instruments).
Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Term Deposit
Cash and cash equivalents include cash accounts and all investments purchased with initial
maturities of new term deposit is 3 months or less. We attempt to mitigate our exposure to interest rate,
liquidity, credit and other relevant risks by placing our cash, cash equivalents, and term deposit
with financial institutions we believe are high quality. These financial institutions are located
in many different geographic regions. As part of our cash and risk management processes, we perform
periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of our financial institutions. We have not
sustained credit losses from instruments held at financial institutions (see Note 3 for further
information concerning cash, cash equivalents, and term deposit).
Inventories
Inventories consist of remote controls, audio-video accessories and the related component parts.
Inventoriable costs include materials, labor, freight-in and manufacturing overhead related to the
purchase and production of inventories. We value our inventories at the lower of cost or market.
Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out method. We attempt to carry inventories in amounts
necessary to satisfy our customer requirements on a timely basis (see Note 5 for further
information concerning our inventories and suppliers).
Product innovations and technological advances may shorten a given products life cycle. We
continually monitor our inventories to identify any excess or obsolete items on hand. We write-down
our inventories for estimated excess and obsolescence in an amount equal to the difference between
the cost of the inventories and its estimated net realizable value. These estimates are based upon
managements judgment about future demand and market conditions. Actual results may differ from
managements judgments and additional write-downs may be required. Our total excess and obsolete
inventory reserve as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $1.8 million and $1.5 million, respectively,
or 4.1% and 3.5% of our total inventory balance.
Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures
Equipment, furniture and fixtures are recorded at cost. To qualify for capitalization an asset must
have a useful life greater than one year and a cost greater than $1,000 for individual assets or
$5,000 for assets purchased in bulk.
48
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
We capitalize certain internal and external costs incurred to acquire or create internal use
software, principally related to software coding, designing system interfaces and installation and
testing of the software.
For financial reporting purposes, depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over
the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed
of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the appropriate accounts and any gain or
loss is included as a component of depreciation expense in operating income.
Estimated useful lives consist of the following:
|
|
|
Tooling and equipment
|
|
2-7 Years |
Computer equipment
|
|
3-7 Years |
Software
|
|
3-5 Years |
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
5-7 Years |
Leasehold improvements
|
|
Lesser of lease term or useful life (approximately 2 to 6 years) |
See Note 6 for further information concerning our equipment, furniture and fixtures.
Goodwill
We record the excess purchase price of net tangible and intangible assets acquired over their
estimated fair value as goodwill. We evaluate the carrying value of goodwill as of December 31 of
each year and between annual evaluations if events occur or circumstances change that may reduce
the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. Such circumstances may include, but
are not limited to: (1) a significant adverse change in legal factors or in business climate, (2)
unanticipated competition, or (3) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.
When performing the impairment review, we determine the carrying amount of each reporting unit by
assigning assets and liabilities, including the existing goodwill, to those reporting units. A
reporting unit is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred
to as a component). A component of an operating segment is deemed a reporting unit if the component
constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available, and segment
management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. Our domestic and
international operations are components and reporting units of our sole operating segment.
To evaluate whether goodwill is impaired, we compare the estimated fair value of the reporting unit
to which the goodwill is assigned to the reporting units carrying amount, including goodwill. We
estimate the fair value of our reporting units based on income and market approaches. Under the
income approach, we calculate the fair value of a reporting unit based on the present value of
estimated future cash flows. Under the market approach, we estimate the fair value based on market
multiples of Enterprise Value to EBITDA for comparable companies. If the carrying amount of a
reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the amount of the impairment loss must be measured.
The impairment loss would be measured by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill to its
carrying amount. In calculating the implied fair value of the reporting units goodwill, the fair
value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the other assets and liabilities of that unit
based on their fair values. The excess of the reporting units fair value over the amount assigned
to its other assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss would
be recognized when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.
We conducted annual goodwill impairment reviews as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Based on
the analysis performed, we determined that the fair values of our reporting units exceeded their
carrying amounts, including goodwill, and therefore they were not impaired. See Notes 7 and 21 for
further information concerning goodwill.
Long-Lived and Intangible Assets Impairment
Intangible assets consist principally of distribution rights, patents, trademarks, trade names,
developed and core technologies, capitalized software development costs (see also Note 2 under the
caption Capitalized Software Development Costs) and customer relationships. Capitalized amounts
related to patents represent external legal costs
49
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
for the application and maintenance of patents. Intangible assets are amortized using the
straight-line method over their estimated period of benefit, ranging
from two to fifteen years.
We assess the impairment of long-lived assets and intangible assets whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors considered important
which may trigger an impairment review include the following: (1) significant underperformance
relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; (2) significant changes in
the manner or use of the assets or strategy for the overall business; (3) significant negative
industry or economic trends and (4) a significant decline in our stock price for a sustained
period.
We conduct an impairment review when we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived or
intangible asset may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above
indicators of impairment. The asset is impaired if its carrying value exceeds the sum of the
undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. In
assessing recoverability, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other
factors.
The impairment loss is the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value.
We estimate fair value utilizing the projected discounted cash flow method and a discount rate
determined by our management to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business
model. When calculating fair value, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows,
discount rates and other factors.
See Notes 6 and 14 for further information concerning long-lived assets. See Notes 7 and 21 for
further information concerning intangible assets.
Capitalized Software Development Costs
Costs incurred to develop software for resale are expensed when incurred as research and
development until technological feasibility has been established. We have determined that
technological feasibility for our products is established when a working model is complete. Once
technological feasibility is established, software development costs are capitalized until the
product is available for general release to customers.
Capitalized software development costs are amortized on a product-by-product basis. Amortization is
recorded in cost of sales and is the greater amount computed using:
a. |
|
the net book value at the beginning of the period multiplied by the ratio that current gross
revenues for a product bear to the total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for
that product; or |
b. |
|
the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product including
the period being reported on. |
The amortization of capitalized software development costs begins when the related product is
available for general release to customers. The amortization periods normally range from one to two
years.
We compare the unamortized capitalized software development costs of a product to its net
realizable value at each balance sheet date. The amount by which the unamortized capitalized
software development costs exceed the products net realizable value is written off. The net
realizable value is the estimated future gross revenues of a product reduced by its estimated
completion and disposal costs. Any remaining amount of capitalized software development costs are
considered to be the cost for subsequent accounting purposes and the amount of the write-down is
not subsequently restored. See Note 7 for further information concerning capitalized software
development costs.
50
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
Derivatives
Our foreign currency exposures are primarily concentrated in the Euro, British Pound and Hong Kong
dollar. We periodically enter into foreign currency exchange contracts with terms normally lasting
less than nine months to protect against the adverse effects that exchange-rate fluctuations may
have on our foreign currency-denominated receivables, payables, cash flows and reported income. We
do not enter into financial instruments for speculation or trading purposes.
The derivatives we enter into have not qualified for hedge accounting. The gains and losses on both
the derivatives and the foreign currency-denominated balances are recorded as foreign exchange
transaction gains or losses and are classified in other (expense) income, net. Derivatives are
recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The estimated fair value of derivative financial
instruments represents the amount required to enter into similar offsetting contracts with similar
remaining maturities based on quoted market prices. See Note 18 for further information concerning
derivatives.
Fair-Value Measurements
We measure fair value using the framework established by the FASB accounting guidance for fair
value measurements and disclosures. This framework requires fair value to be determined based on
the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit
price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants.
The valuation techniques are based upon observable and unobservable inputs. Observable or market
inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs require
management to make certain assumptions and judgments based on the best information available.
Observable inputs are the preferred source of values. These two types of inputs create the
following fair value hierarchy:
|
|
|
Level 1: |
|
Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments in active markets. |
|
|
|
Level 2: |
|
Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for
identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation
techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be
corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or
liabilities. |
|
|
|
Level 3: |
|
Prices or valuations that require management inputs that are both significant
to the fair value measurement and unobservable. |
New Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2010-6 to improve the
disclosure and transparency of fair value measurements. These amendments clarify the level of
disaggregation required, and the necessary disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs
used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements. The
amendments in the update are effective prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning on or
after December 15, 2009, except for the separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and
settlements relating to Level 3 measurements, which are effective for fiscal years beginning on or
after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is
permitted. We have not yet adopted this ASU, and we do not expect its adoption will have a material
effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-14 to address accounting for arrangements that
contain tangible products and software. The amendments in this update clarify what guidance should
be utilized in allocating and measuring revenue for products that contain software that is more
than incidental to the product as a whole. Currently, products that contain software that is more
than incidental to the product as a whole are within the scope of software accounting guidance.
Software accounting guidance requires a vendor to use vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE)
of selling price to separate the software from the product and account for the two
51
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
elements as a multiple-element arrangement. A vendor must sell, or intend to sell, a particular
element separately to assert VSOE for that element. Third-party evidence for selling price is not
allowed under the software accounting model. If a vendor does not have VSOE for the undelivered
elements in the arrangement, the revenue associated with both the delivered and undelivered
elements is combined into one unit of accounting. Any revenue attributable to the delivered
elements is then deferred and recognized at a later date, which in many cases is as the undelivered
elements are delivered by the vendor. This ASU addresses concerns that the current accounting model
may not appropriately reflect the economics of the underlying transactions because no revenue is
recognized for some products for which the vendor has already completed the related performance. In
addition, this ASU addresses the concern that more software enabled products fall within the scope
of the current software accounting model than was originally intended because of ongoing technical
advancements. The amendments in the update are effective prospectively for revenue arrangements
entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early
adoption is permitted, however, if early adoption is elected, we would be required to apply the
amendments retrospectively from the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption and make specific
disclosures. We have not yet adopted this ASU, and we are currently evaluating the impact it may
have on our consolidated financial statements.
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-13 to address the accounting for multiple-deliverable
arrangements to enable vendors to account for products or services (deliverables) separately rather
than as a combined accounting unit. Current accounting guidance requires a vendor to use VSOE or
third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price to separate deliverables in a multiple-deliverable
arrangement. VSOE of selling price is the price charged for a deliverable when it is sold
separately or, for a deliverable not yet being sold separately, the price established by management
with the appropriate authority. If a vendor does not have VSOE for the undelivered elements in the
arrangement, the revenue associated with both the delivered and undelivered elements is combined
into one unit of accounting. Any revenue attributable to the delivered products is then deferred
and recognized at a later date, which in many cases is as the undelivered elements are delivered by
the vendor. An exception to this guidance exists if the vendor has VSOE or TPE of selling price for
the undelivered elements in the arrangement but not for the delivered elements. In those
situations, the vendor uses the residual value method to allocate revenue to the delivered element,
which results in the allocation of the entire discount in the arrangement, if any, to the delivered
element. This ASU addresses concerns that the current accounting model may not appropriately
reflect the economics of the underlying transactions because sometimes no revenue is recognized for
products for which the vendor has already completed the related performance. As a result of this
amendment, multiple element arrangements will be separated in more circumstances than under the
existing accounting model. This amendment establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the
selling price of a deliverable. The selling price utilized for each deliverable will be based on
VSOE if available, TPE if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price if neither VSOE or TPE
evidence is available. The residual method is eliminated. The amendments in the update are
effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal
years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted, however, if early adoption
is elected, we would be required to apply the amendments retrospectively from the beginning of the
fiscal year of adoption and make specific disclosures. We have not yet adopted this ASU, and we are
currently evaluating the impact it may have on our consolidated financial statements.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance that established principles and requirements for how an
acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the
liabilities assumed, any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. This
guidance also establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and
financial effects of the business combination. The adoption of this guidance will affect the total
purchase price of acquisitions, as acquisition costs will now be expensed, and the allocation of
fair value to specific assets and liabilities will be different. This guidance was effective for us
January 1, 2009. As a result of adopting this guidance, we recognized $1.1 million of acquisition
costs during the year ended December 31, 2009 related to our purchase of assets from Zilog. The
acquisition costs recognized during 2009 included $0.1 million of acquisition costs that were
capitalized at December 31, 2008.
In addition to the recently adopted accounting standard above, we adopted the following accounting
standards during 2009, none of which had a material effect on our consolidated financial position
and results of operations:
52
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
|
|
In September 2009, the FASB issued an ASU to address the need for additional implementation
guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. We adopted this guidance during the
quarter ended September 30, 2009. |
|
|
In August 2009, the FASB issued an ASU addressing the measurement of liabilities at fair
value and reaffirmed the practice of measuring fair value using quoted market prices when a
liability is traded as an asset. We adopted this guidance during the quarter ended September
30, 2009. |
|
|
In June 2009, the FASB issued new guidance establishing the FASB Accounting Standards
Codification as the source of authoritative U.S. GAAP and identified the framework for
selecting the principles to utilize in the preparation of financial statements for
nongovernmental entities. We adopted this guidance during the quarter ended September 30,
2009. |
|
|
In April 2009, the FASB issued additional guidance for estimating fair value when the volume
and level of activity for an asset or liability have significantly decreased and identifying
circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly. We adopted this guidance during the
quarter ended June 30, 2009. |
|
|
In April 2009, the FASB issued new guidance requiring disclosures about the fair value of
financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in
annual financial statements. We adopted this guidance during the quarter ended June 30, 2009. |
|
|
In April 2009, the FASB issued new guidance to address application issues raised by
preparers, auditors, and members of the legal profession on initial recognition and
measurement, subsequent measurement and accounting, and disclosure of assets and liabilities
arising from contingencies in a business combination. We adopted this guidance during the
quarter ended March 31, 2009. |
|
|
In December 2008, the FASB issued guidance requiring employers to disclose certain
information about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. We
adopted this guidance during the quarter ended March 31, 2009. |
|
|
In November 2008, the FASB issued guidance clarifying how to account for defensive intangible
assets subsequent to initial measurement. We adopted this guidance during the quarter ended
March 31, 2009. |
|
|
In June 2008, the FASB issued new guidance addressing whether instruments granted in
share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore,
need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share. We adopted
this guidance during the quarter ended March 31, 2009. |
|
|
In April 2008, the FASB issued guidance amending the factors that should be considered while
developing renewal or extension assumptions to be utilized when determining the useful life of
a recognized intangible asset. We adopted this guidance during the quarter ended March 31,
2009. |
|
|
In March 2008, the FASB issued guidance that amended and expanded the disclosure requirements
for derivative instruments and hedging activities to provide improved transparency into their
uses and financial statement impact. We adopted this guidance during the quarter ended March
31, 2009. |
|
|
In December 2007, the FASB issued new guidance changing the accounting for, and the financial
statement presentation of, non-controlling equity interests in a consolidated subsidiary. We
adopted this guidance during the quarter ended March 31, 2009. |
|
|
In November 2007, the FASB issued guidance defining collaborative arrangements and
establishing reporting requirements for transactions between participants in a collaborative
arrangement and between participants in the arrangement and third parties. We adopted this
guidance during the quarter ended March 31, 2009. |
53
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
|
|
In September 2006, the FASB issued new guidance on fair value measurements. This guidance
clarifies the definition of fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and
expands the disclosures of fair value measurements. In February 2008, the FASB delayed the
effective date of the fair value measurements guidance for certain non-financial assets and
liabilities. We adopted this new guidance for financial assets and liabilities during the
quarter ended March 31, 2008. We adopted this new guidance for non-financial assets and
liabilities during the quarter ended March 31, 2009. |
Note 3 Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Term Deposit
The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents, and term deposit that were accounted for
at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurement Using |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active Markets |
|
|
Other |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
|
Year |
|
|
for Identical |
|
|
Observable |
|
|
Unobservable |
|
(In thousands) |
|
Ended |
|
|
Asset |
|
|
Inputs |
|
|
Inputs |
|
Description |
|
12/31/2009 |
|
|
(Level 1) |
|
|
(Level 2) |
|
|
(Level 3) |
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
29,016 |
|
|
$ |
29,016 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Term deposit |
|
|
49,246 |
|
|
|
49,246 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
78,262 |
|
|
$ |
78,262 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2009, we had approximately $9.3 million, $14.2 million, $2.4 million and $3.1
million of cash and cash equivalents in the United States, Europe, Asia and Cayman Islands,
respectively. In addition, at December 31, 2009, we had a six-month term deposit cash account at
Wells Fargo Bank denominated in Hong Kong dollars. The term began on July 21, 2009 and ended on
January 21, 2010. The term deposit earned interest at an annual rate of 0.57%. The deposit amount
and interest receivable related to this account as of December 31, 2009 was $49.2 million and 0.1
million, respectively.
On March
11, 2010, we entered into a three-month term deposit cash account
at Wells Fargo Bank denominated in Hong Kong dollars. The term deposit of $50.3 million earns interest at an annual rate of 0.09%.
At December 31, 2008, we had approximately $8.4 million, $6.1 million and $60.7 million of cash and
cash equivalents in the United States, Europe, and Asia, respectively.
See Note 2 under the caption Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Term Deposit for further information
regarding our accounting principles.
Note 4 Accounts Receivable, net and Revenue Concentrations
Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following at December 31, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade
receivables, gross |
|
$ |
68,458 |
|
|
$ |
65,014 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
(2,423 |
) |
|
|
(2,439 |
) |
Allowance for sales returns |
|
|
(1,999 |
) |
|
|
(2,823 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net trade
receivables |
|
|
64,036 |
|
|
|
59,752 |
|
Other (1) |
|
|
356 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
$ |
64,392 |
|
|
$ |
59,825 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Other receivables as of December 31, 2009 consisted primarily of a reimbursement due
from a vendor for quality issues, sales tax receivables, and interest due from Wells Fargo
Bank on our term deposit (see Note 3). |
Trade
Receivables, Gross
Trade
receivables, gross increased from $65.0
million at December 31, 2008 to $68.5 million at December 31, 2009.
The increase in trade receivables, gross was driven primarily by net
sales increasing from $78.7 million for the quarter ended December
31, 2008 to $84.9 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2009.
Our days sales outstanding were approximately 68 days at both
December 31, 2009 and 2008.
54
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The following changes occurred in the allowance for doubtful accounts during the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
Additions |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
Beginning of |
|
to Costs and |
|
(Write-offs)/ |
|
End of |
Description |
|
Period |
|
Expenses |
|
FX Effects |
|
Period |
Year Ended December 31, 2009 |
|
$ |
2,439 |
|
|
$ |
363 |
|
|
$ |
(379 |
) |
|
$ |
2,423 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2008 |
|
$ |
2,330 |
|
|
$ |
442 |
|
|
$ |
(333 |
) |
|
$ |
2,439 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2007 |
|
$ |
2,602 |
|
|
$ |
23 |
|
|
$ |
(295 |
) |
|
$ |
2,330 |
|
Sales Returns
The allowance for sales returns balance at December 31, 2009 and 2008 contained reserves for items
returned prior to year-end, but that were not completely processed, and therefore had not yet been
removed from the allowance for sales returns balance. We estimate that if these returns had been
fully processed, the allowance for sales returns balance would have been approximately $1.4 million
and $0.8 million on December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The value of these returned goods was included in our inventory balance at December
31, 2009 and 2008.
Significant Customers
During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we had net sales to two customers, that
when combined with their subcontractors, each amounted to more than 10% of our total net sales.
Net sales to the first significant customer, when combined with its sub-contractors, totaled $66.8
million, $55.3 million and $46.0 million, accounting for 21.1%, 19.3% and 16.9% of our total net
sales for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Trade receivables with
this customer and its sub-contractors amounted to $7.0 million and $11.7 million, or 10.9% and
19.5% of our accounts receivable, net at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Net sales to our second significant customer, when combined with its sub-contractors, totaled $35.8
million, $38.6 million, and $36.4 million, accounting for 11.3%, 13.4% and 13.3% of our total net
sales for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Trade receivables with
this customer and its sub-contractors amounted to $6.5 million and $9.1 million, or 10.1% and 15.3%
of our accounts receivable, net at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The December 31, 2008
trade receivables balance for this customer and its sub-contractors was significantly higher
compared to the balance at December 31, 2009 as a result of an increase in large orders shipped
late in the fourth quarter 2008 as compared to fourth quarter 2009.
We had a third customer that accounted for greater than 10% of accounts receivable, net at December
31, 2009, but did not account for greater than 10% of net sales for the year then ended. Trade
receivables with this customer amounted to $6.9 million, or 10.7%, of our accounts receivable, net
at December 31, 2009.
The loss of these customers or any other customer, either in the United States or abroad, due to
their financial weakness or bankruptcy, or our inability to obtain orders or maintain our order
volume with them, may have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations and
cash flows. Please see Note 2 under the captions Revenue Recognition and Sales Allowances and
Financial Instruments for further information regarding our accounting principles.
Note 5 Inventories, net and Significant Suppliers
Inventories, net consisted of the following at December 31, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components |
|
$ |
7,277 |
|
|
$ |
7,879 |
|
Finished goods |
|
|
35,420 |
|
|
|
37,331 |
|
Reserve for inventory obsolescence |
|
|
(1,750 |
) |
|
|
(1,535 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories, net |
|
$ |
40,947 |
|
|
$ |
43,675 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, inventory write-downs totaled $3.4 million and
$2.4 million, respectively. Inventory write-downs are a normal part of our business and result
primarily from product life cycle estimation variances and manufacturing yield loss.
55
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
Please see Note 2 under the caption Inventories for further information regarding our accounting
principles.
Significant Suppliers
We have elected to purchase integrated circuits (IC), used principally in our wireless control
products, from two main sources. Purchases from one of these suppliers amounted to more than 10% of
total inventory purchases in 2009, 2008 and 2007.
Purchases from this IC supplier amounted to $28.1 million, $28.2 million and $23.7 million,
representing 14.8%, 15.2% and 14.9% of total inventory purchases for the years ended December 31,
2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Accounts payable amounted to $3.6 million and $3.6 million,
representing 9.1% and 8.1% of total accounts payable at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, purchases from three of our component and
finished good suppliers amounted to more than 10% of total inventory purchases. In addition,
purchases from two of these suppliers amounted to more than 10% of total inventory purchases in
2007.
Purchases from the first significant component and finished good supplier amounted to $44.1
million, $50.6 million and $46.5 million, representing 23.2%, 27.3% and 29.2% of total inventory
purchases for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Accounts payable
amounted to $8.3 million and $11.0 million, representing 21.0% and 24.7% of total accounts payable
at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Purchases from the second significant component and finished good supplier amounted to $46.0
million, $38.1 million and $30.4 million, representing 24.3%, 20.6% and 19.1% of total inventory
purchases for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Accounts payable
amounted to $11.9 million and $15.6 million, representing 30.1% and 35.0% of total accounts payable
at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Purchases
from the third significant component and finished good supplier
amounted to $28.9 million and $18.6 million, representing 15.2%
and 10.0% of total inventory purchases for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. Accounts payable amounted to $6.8 million and $5.4 million, representing 17.1% and
12.0% of total accounts payable at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
We have identified alternative sources of supply for these integrated circuits, components, and
finished goods; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to obtain these
inventory purchases on a timely basis. We generally maintain inventories of our integrated
circuits, which may be used in part to mitigate, but not eliminate, delays resulting from supply
interruptions. An extended interruption, shortage or termination in the supply of any of the
components used in our products, a reduction in their quality or reliability, or a significant
increase in the prices of components, would have an adverse effect on our operating results,
financial condition and cash flows.
Minimum Inventory Purchase Obligations
At December 31, 2009 we had contractual obligations to purchase $38.7 million of inventory from
various suppliers over the subsequent five years.
56
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
Note 6 Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures, net
Equipment, furniture, and fixtures, net consisted of the following at December 31, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tooling |
|
$ |
12,816 |
|
|
$ |
10,567 |
|
Computer equipment |
|
|
2,701 |
|
|
|
2,588 |
|
Software |
|
|
3,066 |
|
|
|
2,937 |
|
Furniture and fixtures |
|
|
1,651 |
|
|
|
1,740 |
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
2,932 |
|
|
|
2,824 |
|
Machinery and equipment |
|
|
1,482 |
|
|
|
1,040 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,648 |
|
|
|
21,696 |
|
Accumulated depreciation |
|
|
(17,868 |
) |
|
|
(14,275 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,780 |
|
|
|
7,421 |
|
Construction in progress |
|
|
3,210 |
|
|
|
1,265 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equipment, furniture and fixtures, net |
|
$ |
9,990 |
|
|
$ |
8,686 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense, including tooling depreciation which is recorded in cost of goods sold, was
$5.0 million, $4.6 million and $3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.
We purchase tooling and machinery and equipment for the production of our products. The net book
value of tooling and machinery and equipment located at our third party manufacturers primarily in
China was $3.9 million and $3.7 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
As of December 31, 2009, construction in progress included $0.6 million of tooling, $2.2 million of
internal use software costs and $0.3 million of
machinery and equipment. We expect that approximately 32% of the construction in progress costs
will be placed in service during the first and second quarters of 2010. We will begin to depreciate
those assets at that time. As of December 31, 2008, construction in progress included $0.7 million
of tooling and $0.5 million of software.
Please see Note 2 under the captions Equipment, Furniture and Fixtures and Long-Lived and
Intangible Assets Impairment for further information regarding our accounting principles.
Note 7 Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
Goodwill related to our domestic component was the result of our acquisition of a remote control
company in 1998 and a software company (SimpleDevices, Inc.) in 2004. Goodwill related to our
international component resulted from the acquisition of remote control distributors in the UK in
1998, Spain in 1999 and France in 2000 and the acquisition of certain assets and intellectual
property from Zilog in the first quarter of 2009.
The goodwill amounts allocated to our domestic and international components as of December 31, 2009
and the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
Domestic |
|
|
International |
| |
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31,
2008 |
|
$ |
8,314 |
|
|
$ |
2,443 |
|
|
$ |
10,757 |
|
Goodwill acquired during the
period (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,902 |
|
|
|
2,902 |
|
Goodwill adjustments
(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31,
2009 |
|
$ |
8,314 |
|
|
$ |
5,410 |
|
|
$ |
13,724 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
During the first quarter of 2009, we acquired certain assets and intellectual
property from Zilog which resulted in $2.9 million of goodwill. Refer to Note 21 for further
discussion related to the purchase. |
|
(2) |
|
The adjustment included in international goodwill reported at December 31, 2009, was
the result of fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange rates used to translate the
balance into U.S. dollars. |
57
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
We conducted annual goodwill impairment reviews as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 utilizing
significant unobservable inputs (level 3). Based on the analysis performed, we determined that our
goodwill was not impaired. Please see Note 2 under the captions Goodwill and Fair-Value
Measurements for further information regarding our accounting principles and the valuation
methodology utilized.
Intangible Assets
Detailed information regarding our intangible assets, net is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
Gross |
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
Net |
|
|
Gross |
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
Net |
|
Carrying amount(1): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution rights (10 years) |
|
$ |
411 |
|
|
$ |
(54 |
) |
|
$ |
357 |
|
|
$ |
399 |
|
|
$ |
(53 |
) |
|
$ |
346 |
|
Patents (10 years) |
|
|
7,810 |
|
|
|
(3,925 |
) |
|
|
3,885 |
|
|
|
7,115 |
|
|
|
(3,292 |
) |
|
|
3,823 |
|
Trademark and trade names (10 years) |
|
|
840 |
|
|
|
(441 |
) |
|
|
399 |
|
|
|
840 |
|
|
|
(357 |
) |
|
|
483 |
|
Developed and core technology (5 -15 years)(2) |
|
|
3,500 |
|
|
|
(204 |
) |
|
|
3,296 |
|
|
|
1,630 |
|
|
|
(1,386 |
) |
|
|
244 |
|
Capitalized software development costs (1-2 years) |
|
|
1,420 |
|
|
|
(704 |
) |
|
|
716 |
|
|
|
1,030 |
|
|
|
(289 |
) |
|
|
741 |
|
Customer relationships (15 years)(3) |
|
|
3,100 |
|
|
|
(181 |
) |
|
|
2,919 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total carrying amount |
|
$ |
17,081 |
|
|
$ |
(5,509 |
) |
|
$ |
11,572 |
|
|
$ |
11,014 |
|
|
$ |
(5,377 |
) |
|
$ |
5,637 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
This table excludes fully amortized intangible assets of $7,598 thousand and $5,928
thousand as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. |
|
(2) |
|
During the first quarter of 2009, we purchased core technology from Zilog valued at
$3.5 million, which is being amortized ratably over fifteen years. Refer to Note 21 for
further discussion regarding the purchase. |
|
(3) |
|
During the first quarter of 2009, we purchased customer relationships from Zilog
valued at $3.1 million, which is being amortized ratably over fifteen years. Refer to Note 21
for further discussion regarding the purchase. |
Amortization expense is recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses, except for
amortization expense related to capitalized software development costs which is recorded in cost of
sales. Amortization expense recorded in selling, general and administrative expense for the years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 was $1.4 million, $1.2 million and $1.1 million,
respectively. Amortization expense related to capitalized software development costs and recorded
in cost of goods sold was $0.4 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December
31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Estimated future amortization expense related to our intangible assets at December 31, 2009, is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
$ |
1,713 |
|
2011 |
|
|
1,478 |
|
2012 |
|
|
1,237 |
|
2013 |
|
|
1,237 |
|
2014 |
|
|
1,216 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
4,691 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
11,572 |
|
|
|
|
|
The remaining weighted average amortization period of intangible assets is 10.1 years.
58
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
Intangibles Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
We recorded impairment charges related to our intangible assets of $0.01 million, $0.1 million and
$0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Impairment charges
related to intangible assets are recorded in amortization expense. The fair value adjustments for
intangible assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the year ended December 31,
2009 were the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurement Using |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active Markets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for Identical |
|
Significant Other |
|
Significant |
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
Year Ended |
|
Assets |
|
Observable Inputs |
|
Unobservable Inputs |
|
Total |
Description |
|
12/31/2009 |
|
(Level 1) |
|
(Level 2) |
|
(Level 3) |
|
Gains (Losses) |
Patents and trademarks |
|
$ |
4,284 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,284 |
|
|
$ |
(13 |
) |
Eleven patents and ten trademarks with an aggregate carrying amount of $13 thousand were disposed
of, resulting in impairment charges of $13 thousand during 2009 which was included in selling,
general, and administrative expenses. We disposed of patents with a carrying amount of $27
thousand, capitalized software development costs with a carrying value of $46 thousand, and other
intangibles with a carrying amount of $55 thousand in 2008. We disposed of patents with carrying
amounts of $73 thousand in 2007. These assets no longer held any probable future economic benefits
and were written-off. Impairment charges are included in selling, general and administrative
expenses except for capitalized software development impairment
charges which are included in cost of goods sold. Please see Note 2 under the captions Long-Lived and Intangible Assets Impairment,
Capitalized Software Development Costs, and Fair-Value Measurements for further information
regarding our accounting principles and the valuation methodology utilized.
Note 8 Income Taxes
In 2009, 2008 and 2007, pre-tax income was attributed to the following jurisdictions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Domestic operations |
|
$ |
17,060 |
|
|
$ |
16,650 |
|
|
$ |
18,332 |
|
Foreign operations |
|
|
5,117 |
|
|
|
7,439 |
|
|
|
11,230 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
22,177 |
|
|
$ |
24,089 |
|
|
$ |
29,562 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The provision for income taxes charged to operations was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current tax expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. federal |
|
$ |
7,003 |
|
|
$ |
5,407 |
|
|
$ |
5,537 |
|
State and local |
|
|
631 |
|
|
|
1,230 |
|
|
|
490 |
|
Foreign |
|
|
904 |
|
|
|
2,205 |
|
|
|
3,130 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current |
|
|
8,538 |
|
|
|
8,842 |
|
|
|
9,157 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax expense (benefit): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. federal |
|
|
(918 |
) |
|
|
206 |
|
|
|
(60 |
) |
State and local |
|
|
(376 |
) |
|
|
(627 |
) |
|
|
84 |
|
Foreign |
|
|
258 |
|
|
|
(138 |
) |
|
|
151 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred |
|
|
(1,036 |
) |
|
|
(559 |
) |
|
|
175 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total provision |
|
$ |
7,502 |
|
|
$ |
8,283 |
|
|
$ |
9,332 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
Net deferred tax assets were comprised of the following at December 31, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory reserves |
|
$ |
272 |
|
|
$ |
258 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
154 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
Capitalized research costs |
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
Capitalized inventory costs |
|
|
768 |
|
|
|
757 |
|
Net operating losses |
|
|
2,046 |
|
|
|
2,473 |
|
Amortization of intangibles |
|
|
572 |
|
|
|
686 |
|
Accrued liabilities |
|
|
1,155 |
|
|
|
764 |
|
Income tax credits |
|
|
1,763 |
|
|
|
1,476 |
|
Depreciation |
|
|
991 |
|
|
|
786 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
2,769 |
|
|
|
2,270 |
|
Long term incentive compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
201 |
|
Other |
|
|
450 |
|
|
|
530 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets |
|
|
11,045 |
|
|
|
10,337 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liability: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
(154 |
) |
|
|
(292 |
) |
Other |
|
|
(495 |
) |
|
|
(675 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
(649 |
) |
|
|
(967 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance |
|
|
10,396 |
|
|
|
9,370 |
|
Less: Valuation allowance |
|
|
(179 |
) |
|
|
(189 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets |
|
$ |
10,217 |
|
|
$ |
9,181 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively, of current deferred
tax liabilities were recorded in other accrued expenses (see Note 9).
The deferred tax valuation allowance was $0.2 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.
The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the
applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to pre-tax income from operations as a result of
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax provision at statutory U.S. rate |
|
$ |
7,764 |
|
|
$ |
8,431 |
|
|
$ |
10,347 |
|
Increase (decrease) in tax provision resulting from: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State and local taxes, net |
|
|
166 |
|
|
|
392 |
|
|
|
373 |
|
Foreign tax rate differential |
|
|
(36 |
) |
|
|
(154 |
) |
|
|
(649 |
) |
Nondeductible items |
|
|
682 |
|
|
|
251 |
|
|
|
302 |
|
Federal research and development credits |
|
|
(272 |
) |
|
|
(424 |
) |
|
|
(918 |
) |
Change in tax rate related to deferred taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(147 |
) |
Settlements |
|
|
(449 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
(353 |
) |
|
|
(213 |
) |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax provision |
|
$ |
7,502 |
|
|
$ |
8,283 |
|
|
$ |
9,332 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2009, we had state Research and Experimentation (R&E) income tax credit
carryforwards of approximately $1.7 million. The state R&E income tax credits do not have an
expiration date.
At December 31, 2009, we had federal, state and foreign net operating losses of approximately $4.6
million, $5.0 million and $0.4 million, respectively. All of the federal and state net operating
loss carryforwards were acquired as part of the acquisition of SimpleDevices. The federal and state
net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2020 and 2012, respectively. Approximately $0.2
million of the foreign net operating losses will begin to expire in 2020 and the remaining $0.2
million have an unlimited carryforward.
Internal Revenue Code Section 382 places certain limitations on the annual amount of net operating
loss carryforwards that may be utilized if certain changes to a companys ownership occur. Our
acquisition of SimpleDevices was a change in ownership pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal
Revenue Code, and the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of SimpleDevices are
limited but considered realizable in future periods.
60
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
The annual federal limitation is as follows: approximately $1.2 million for 2009 and approximately
$0.6 million thereafter. California has suspended utilization of net operating losses for 2008 and
2009.
As of December 31, 2009, we believed it was more likely than not that certain deferred tax assets
related to the impairment of the investment in a private company (a capital asset) would not be
realized due to uncertainties as to the timing and amounts of future capital gains. Accordingly, a
valuation allowance of approximately $0.1 million was recorded as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.
Additionally, we recorded $0.1 million of various state and foreign valuation allowances at
December 31, 2009 and 2008.
During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 we recognized a credit to paid-in capital
and a reduction to income taxes payable of $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $3.3 million,
respectively, related to the tax benefit from the exercises of non-qualified stock options and
vesting of restricted stock under our stock-based incentive plans.
During 2009, we settled an audit in the Netherlands by the Dutch Tax Authorities for the fiscal
years 2002 through 2006, which resulted in the reversal of $0.4
million of previously recorded uncertain tax positions being credited
into income.
The undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries are considered to be indefinitely
reinvested. Accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes or foreign
withholding taxes has been provided on such undistributed earnings. Determination of the potential
amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. income tax liability and foreign withholding taxes is not
practicable because of the complexities associated with its hypothetical calculation; however,
unrecognized foreign tax credits would be available to reduce some portion of the U.S. liability.
Uncertain Tax Positions
On January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of ASC 740-10. As a result of the implementation of
ASC 740-10, we recognized a $0.2 million increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits,
which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings. We also
recognized a decrease of $0.3 million in other comprehensive income related to foreign currency
translation. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $2.8
million and $8.7 million, including interest and penalties, respectively.
In accordance with accounting guidance, we have elected to classify interest and penalties as
components of tax expense. Interest and penalties were $0.2 million, $1.2 million and $1.0 million
at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Interest and penalties are included in the
unrecognized tax benefits.
Our gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the changes in those
balances for the years then ended are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance |
|
$ |
7,504 |
|
|
$ |
7,817 |
|
|
$ |
6,778 |
|
Additions as a result of tax provisions taken during the current year |
|
|
324 |
|
|
|
404 |
|
|
|
485 |
|
Subtractions as a result of tax provisions taken during the prior year |
|
|
(82 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation |
|
|
146 |
|
|
|
(410 |
) |
|
|
609 |
|
Lapse in statute of limitations |
|
|
(80 |
) |
|
|
(307 |
) |
|
|
(54 |
) |
Settlements |
|
|
(5,232 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance |
|
$ |
2,580 |
|
|
$ |
7,504 |
|
|
$ |
7,817 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximately $2.3 million and $8.0 million of the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits
at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, would affect the annual effective tax rate, if
recognized. Further, we are unaware of any positions for which it is reasonably possible that the
total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase within the next twelve
months. We anticipate a decrease in gross unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $0.3 million
within the next twelve months based on federal, state, and foreign statute expirations in various
jurisdictions. Additionally, as a result of the completion of the Dutch tax audit in 2009,
unrecognized tax benefits decreased by $6.1 million, including interest of $0.9 million, during
2009.
61
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal, various state and foreign jurisdictions. As of
December 31, 2009, the open statutes of limitations for our significant tax jurisdictions are as
follows: federal and state are 2005 through 2009 and non-U.S. are 2001 through 2009. We settled an
audit in the Netherlands with the Dutch Tax Authorities and as a result, we had no unrecognized tax
benefits being classified as short term at December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2009, our gross
unrecognized tax benefits of $2.8 million are classified as long term because we do not anticipate
payment of cash related to those unrecognized tax benefits within one year..
Please see Note 2 under the caption Income Taxes for further information regarding our accounting
principles.
Note 9 Other Accrued Expenses
The components of other accrued expenses as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 are listed below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
Accrued freight |
|
$ |
1,525 |
|
|
$ |
1,846 |
|
Accrued professional fees |
|
|
1,512 |
|
|
|
1,245 |
|
Accrued advertising and marketing |
|
|
589 |
|
|
|
644 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
483 |
|
|
|
356 |
|
Accrued third-party commissions |
|
|
301 |
|
|
|
262 |
|
Accrued sales and VAT taxes |
|
|
845 |
|
|
|
410 |
|
Sales tax
refundable to customers |
|
|
454 |
|
|
|
|
|
Legal settlement |
|
|
575 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
2,255 |
|
|
|
2,050 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other accrued expenses |
|
$ |
8,539 |
|
|
$ |
6,813 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 10 Leases
We lease office and warehouse space and certain office equipment under operating leases that expire
at various dates through September 2013. Some of our leases are subject to rent escalations. For
these leases, we recognize rent expense for the total contractual obligation utilizing the
straight-line method over the lease term, ranging from 12 to 73 months. The related short term
liability is recorded in other accrued expenses (see Note 9) and the related long term liability is
recorded in other long term liabilities. The total liability related to rent escalations was $0.1
million at both December 31, 2009 and 2008.
The lease agreement for our corporate headquarters contains an allowance for tenant improvements of
$0.4 million, which was paid to us upon completion of the renovation in 2008. This tenant
improvement allowance is being amortized as a credit against rent expense over the 73 month term of
the lease, which began on January 1, 2006.
The lease agreement for our customer call center contains an allowance for tenant improvements of
$0.2 million, which was paid to us upon completion of the renovation in 2007. This tenant
improvement allowance is being amortized as a credit against rent expense over the 48 month term of
the lease, which began on June 1, 2007.
Rent
expense for our operating leases was $2.5 million, $2.6 million and $2.2 million for the
years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
62
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
The following table summarizes future minimum non-cancelable operating lease payments with initial
terms greater than one year at December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
Amount |
|
|
|
|
|
Year ending December 31: |
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
$ |
1,905 |
|
2011 |
|
|
1,572 |
|
2012 |
|
|
804 |
|
2013 |
|
|
360 |
|
2014 |
|
|
8 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating lease commitments |
|
$ |
4,649 |
|
|
|
|
|
Note 11 Revolving Credit Line
Our $15 million unsecured revolving credit line with Comerica Bank expired on November 30, 2009.
On January 8, 2010, we entered into a new $15 million unsecured revolving credit line with U.S.
Bank (Credit Facility), expiring on October 31, 2011. Amounts available for borrowing under the
Credit Facility are reduced by the balance of any outstanding import letters of credit and are
subject to certain quarterly financial covenants related to our cash flow, fixed charges, quick ratio, and
net income. Under the Credit Facility, we may elect to pay interest based on the banks prime rate
or LIBOR plus a fixed margin of 1.8%. The applicable LIBOR (1, 3, 6, or 12-month LIBOR) corresponds
with the loan period we select. At December 31, 2009, the 12-month LIBOR plus the fixed margin was
2.8% and the banks prime rate was 3.25%. If a LIBOR rate loan is prepaid prior to the completion
of the loan period, we must pay the bank the difference between the interest the bank would have
earned had prepayment not occurred and the interest the bank actually earned. We may prepay prime
rate loans in whole or in part at any time without a premium or penalty.
Presently, we have no debt, however we cannot make any assurances that we will not need to borrow
amounts under this Credit Facility or that this Credit Facility will be extended to us under
comparable terms or at all. If this or any other facility is not available to us at a time when we
need to borrow, we would have to use our cash reserves, including
potentially repatriating cash from foreign jurisdictions, which may have a material adverse effect on
our operating results, financial position and cash flows.
Note 12 Commitments and Contingencies
Indemnifications
We indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State
of Delaware and we have entered into Indemnification Agreements with each of our directors and
executive officers. In addition, we insure our individual directors and officers against certain
claims and attorneys fees and related expenses incurred in connection with the defense of such
claims. The amounts and types of coverage may vary from period to period as dictated by market
conditions. Management is not aware of any matters that require indemnification of its officers or
directors.
Fair Price Provisions and Other Anti-Takeover Measures
Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, contains certain provisions restricting
business combinations with interested stockholders under certain circumstances and imposing higher
voting requirements for the approval of certain transactions (fair price provisions). Any of
these provisions may delay or prevent a change in control. The fair price provisions require that
holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of voting stock approve certain business
combinations and significant transactions with interested stockholders.
63
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
Product Warranties
Changes in the liability for product warranty claim costs are presented below:
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accruals for |
|
Settlements |
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
Warranties |
|
(in Cash or in |
|
Balance at |
|
|
Beginning of |
|
Issued During |
|
Kind) During |
|
End of |
Description |
|
Period |
|
the Period(1) |
|
the Period |
|
Period |
Year Ended December 31, 2009 |
|
$ |
90 |
|
|
$ |
(4 |
) |
|
$ |
(4 |
) |
|
$ |
82 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2008 |
|
$ |
178 |
|
|
$ |
(31 |
) |
|
$ |
(57 |
) |
|
$ |
90 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2007 |
|
$ |
416 |
|
|
$ |
(146 |
) |
|
$ |
(92 |
) |
|
$ |
178 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In the second quarter 2007, we renegotiated pricing terms with our third-party
warranty repair vendor which resulted in lower warranty costs per unit. As a result, our
warranty accrual was reduced to reflect the lower pricing. An unexpected increase in our
pricing for warranty claims, or the discovery of a significant product defect, would result in
an increase in our warranty accrual and our financial statements may be materially impacted. |
Litigation
In 2002, one of our subsidiaries (One For All France S.A.S.) brought an action against a former
distributor of the subsidiarys products seeking a recovery of accounts receivable. The distributor
filed a counterclaim against our subsidiary seeking payment for amounts allegedly owed for
administrative and other services rendered by the distributor for our subsidiary. In January 2005,
the parties agreed to include in that action all claims between the distributor and two of our
other subsidiaries, Universal Electronics BV and One For All Iberia SL. As a result, the single
action covers all claims and counterclaims between the various parties. The parties further agreed
that, before any judgment is paid, all disputes between the various parties would be concluded.
These additional claims involve nonpayment for products and damages resulting from the alleged
wrongful termination of agency agreements. On March 15, 2005, the court in one of the litigation
matters brought by the distributor against one of our subsidiaries, rendered judgment against our
subsidiary and awarded damages and costs to the distributor in the amount of approximately
$102,000. The amount of this judgment was charged to operations during the second quarter of 2005
and has been paid. With respect to the remaining matters before the court, we were awaiting the
expert to finalize and file his pre-trial report with the court. On November 15, 2009, the expert
issued his draft report in which he preliminarily concluded that One For All France is owed
342,555 from DAM. The expert asked us and DAM to each provide him with our comments regarding his
draft report. After he receives each of our comments, he will finalize and file the report with
the court. DAM has asked for and received an extension to respond until March 31, 2010. Until the
experts report is final and has been accepted and entered as judgment by the court, management
will continue to pursue this matter in the courts and remains unable to estimate the likelihood of
an unfavorable outcome, and the amount of loss, if any, in the case of an unfavorable outcome.
On February 19, 2009, we filed suit against Warren Communications News, Inc. claiming that through
the unauthorized use of embedded email tracking and intercepting software and code, Warren had
violated the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, the Stored Communications Act, and various applicable
California laws. In addition we asked for a declaration that we are not infringing Warrens
copyright to a daily electronic publication. On March 19, 2009, Warren answered our complaint with
a general denial of all of our allegations. On the same date as filing their answer, Warren
counterclaimed alleging copyright infringement seeking unspecified damages. On January 20, 2010,
we entered into a confidential Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release with Warren in which we paid
a one-time amount and all claims between the parties have been settled and release with prejudice.
Due to the confidential nature of this agreement, certain terms of the settlement and agreement may
not be disclosed.
There are no other material pending legal proceedings, other than litigation that is incidental to
the ordinary course of our business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party or of which
our respective property is the subject. We do not believe that any of the claims made against us in
any of the pending matters have merit and we intend to vigorously defend ourselves against them.
64
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
We maintain directors and officers liability insurance to insure our individual directors and
officers against certain claims and attorneys fees and related expenses incurred in connection
with the defense of such claims.
Long-Term Incentive Plan
During the second quarter of 2007, we adopted an Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan (ELTIP). The
ELTIP provided a bonus pool for our executive management team contingent on achieving certain
performance goals during a two-year performance period commencing on January 1, 2007 and ending on
December 31, 2008. The performance goals were based on the compound annual growth rate of net sales
and earnings per diluted share during the performance period. The ELTIP had a maximum pay out of
$12 million if the highest performance goals were met. Management did not earn a bonus under the
ELTIP based on our results through December 31, 2008. As a result, we lowered our ELTIP accrual
from $1.0 million at December 31, 2007 to $0 at December 31, 2008. This adjustment resulted in a
$1.0 million benefit to pre-tax income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008.
In light of the ELTIP results, our Compensation Committee awarded a discretionary bonus of $1.0
million, to be paid out quarterly in 2009 and 2010. The Compensation Committee came to this
decision after reviewing the economic environment and our relative financial and operating
performance. The Compensation Committee believes this bonus is in alignment with our stockholders
interests as well as our performance, alignment and retention objectives. The amount of a
participants earned award will be paid in cash, in common shares or in any combination, as
determined by the Compensation Committee. A participants earned award will vest in eight equal
quarterly installments beginning March 31, 2009 and ending December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2009
and 2008, $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively, has been included in accrued compensation
for this discretionary bonus. Approximately $0.5 million was paid out in cash during 2009 to our
executive management team for this discretionary bonus. In the event a participant terminates their
employment during the remaining service period (January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010), they
will forfeit their right to any remaining installments where the payment date has not yet occurred.
Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan
We have adopted a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for the benefit of a select group of
highly compensated employees. For each plan year a participant may elect to defer compensation in
fixed dollar amounts or percentages subject to the minimums and maximums established under the
plan. Generally, an election to defer compensation is irrevocable for the entire plan year. A
participant is always fully vested in their elective deferrals and may direct these funds into
various investment options available under the plan. These investment options are utilized for
measurement purposes only, and may not represent the actual investment made by us. In this respect,
the participant is an unsecured creditor of ours. At December 31, 2009, the amounts deferred under
the plan were immaterial to our financial statements.
Defined Benefit Plan
Our India subsidiary maintains a defined benefit pension plan (India Plan) for local employees,
which is consistent with local statutes and practices. The pension plan was adequately funded as of
December 31, 2009 based on its latest actuarial report. The India Plan has an independent external
manager that advises us of the appropriate funding contribution requirements to which we comply. At
December 31, 2009, approximately 20 percent of our India subsidiary employees had qualified for
eligibility. Generally, an employee must be employed by our India subsidiary for a minimum of five
years before becoming eligible. At the time of eligibility we are liable, on termination,
resignation or retirement, to pay the employee an amount equal to fifteen days salary for each full
year of service completed. The total amount of liability outstanding at December 31, 2009 for the
India Plan is not material. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, the net periodic
benefit costs were also not material.
Note 13 Treasury Stock
During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we repurchased 404,643, 1,118,318 and
471,300 shares of our common stock at a cost of $7.7 million, $26.7 million and $14.5 million,
respectively. Repurchased shares are recorded as shares held in treasury at cost. We generally hold
these shares for future use as management and the
65
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
Board of Directors deem appropriate, including compensating our outside directors. During the years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we issued 25,000, 23,438 and 24,688 shares, respectively,
to outside directors for services performed (see Note 15).
On February 11, 2010, our Board of Directors authorized management to continue repurchasing up to
an additional 1,000,000 shares of our issued and outstanding common stock. Repurchases may be made
whenever we deem a repurchase is a good use of our cash and the price to be paid is at or below a
threshold approved by our Board.
Stock Awards to Outside Directors
We issue restricted stock awards to our outside directors as compensation for services performed.
We grant each of our outside directors 5,000 shares of our common stock annually each July 1st.
When an additional outside director is appointed to our Board of Directors, they receive a prorated
number of shares based on the number of months they will serve during the initial year.
Compensation expense related to restricted stock awards is based on the grant date fair value the
shares awarded. The fair value of these shares is amortized on a straight-line basis over the
requisite service period of one year (see Note 2 under the caption Stock-Based Compensation and
Note 15). The shares are issued from treasury stock using a first-in-first-out cost basis, which
amounted to $0.4 million and $0.4 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Note 14 Business Segment and Foreign Operations
Reportable Segment
An operating segment, in part, is a component of an enterprise whose operating results are
regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be
allocated to the segment and assess its performance. Operating segments may be aggregated only to a
limited extent. We operate in a single operating and reportable segment.
Foreign Operations
Our net sales to external customers by geographic area for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008
and 2007 were the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
$ |
194,279 |
|
|
$ |
162,855 |
|
|
$ |
151,034 |
|
International: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asia |
|
|
54,931 |
|
|
|
48,511 |
|
|
|
31,624 |
|
United Kingdom |
|
|
20,873 |
|
|
|
21,234 |
|
|
|
31,290 |
|
Australia |
|
|
1,558 |
|
|
|
4,190 |
|
|
|
2,772 |
|
France |
|
|
3,603 |
|
|
|
5,359 |
|
|
|
4,940 |
|
Germany |
|
|
6,752 |
|
|
|
7,771 |
|
|
|
6,228 |
|
Italy |
|
|
3,471 |
|
|
|
2,608 |
|
|
|
2,506 |
|
Portugal |
|
|
4,168 |
|
|
|
1,780 |
|
|
|
816 |
|
South Africa |
|
|
6,495 |
|
|
|
5,827 |
|
|
|
7,192 |
|
Spain |
|
|
3,929 |
|
|
|
7,523 |
|
|
|
8,483 |
|
Switzerland |
|
|
578 |
|
|
|
1,099 |
|
|
|
6,473 |
|
All Other |
|
|
16,913 |
|
|
|
18,343 |
|
|
|
19,322 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total international |
|
|
123,271 |
|
|
|
124,245 |
|
|
|
121,646 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales |
|
$ |
317,550 |
|
|
$ |
287,100 |
|
|
$ |
272,680 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Specific identification of the customer location was the basis used for attributing revenues from
external customers to individual countries.
66
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
Long-lived asset information by our domestic and international components as of December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Long-lived tangible assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
$ |
7,440 |
|
|
$ |
6,525 |
|
|
$ |
5,238 |
|
All other countries |
|
|
3,693 |
|
|
|
2,770 |
|
|
|
2,689 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
11,133 |
|
|
$ |
9,295 |
|
|
$ |
7,927 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 15 Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation expense for each employee and director is presented in the same income
statement caption as their cash compensation. We recorded $4.3 million, $4.2 million and $3.5
million (including stock-based compensation related to directors) of
total pre-tax stock-based compensation expense during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and
2007, respectively. The income tax benefit associated with stock-based compensation expense was
$1.5 million, $1.5 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.
Stock-based compensation expense by income statement caption for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007 was the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales |
|
$ |
33 |
|
|
$ |
17 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Research and development |
|
|
434 |
|
|
|
356 |
|
|
|
418 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
3,845 |
|
|
|
3,870 |
|
|
|
3,072 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation expense |
|
$ |
4,312 |
|
|
$ |
4,243 |
|
|
$ |
3,521 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Options
During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Compensation Committee and Board of Directors granted
233,400 stock options to our employees with an aggregate grant date fair value of $1.6 million
under various stock incentive plans. The stock options granted to employees during 2009 consisted
of the following:
(in thousands, except share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Grant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Date |
|
|
|
Stock Option |
|
|
Underlying |
|
|
Fair |
|
|
|
Grant Date |
|
Options |
|
|
Value |
|
|
Vesting Period |
January 1, 2009 |
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
$ |
95 |
|
|
4 -Year Vesting Period (25% each year) |
February 18, 2009 |
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
|
4 -Year Vesting Period (25% each year) |
February 19, 2009 |
|
|
7,500 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
4 -Year Vesting Period (25% each year) |
February 21, 2009 |
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
4 -Year Vesting Period (25% each year) |
March 10, 2009 |
|
|
185,900 |
|
|
|
1,340 |
|
|
4 -Year Vesting Period (6.25% each quarter) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233,400 |
|
|
$ |
1,600 |
|
|
|
On October 30, 2009, our Board of Directors appointed Carl E. Vogel to serve as a Class II
Director. In connection with his appointment, our directors granted Mr. Vogel 20,000 stock options
under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. These options are subject to a three-year vesting period
(33.3% each year) and are in addition to the employee grants above. The aggregate grant date fair
value of this award was $0.2 million.
During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recognized $0.3 million of pre-tax stock-based
compensation expense related to our 2009 stock option grants.
67
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
The assumptions we utilized in the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the resulting weighted
average fair value of stock option grants were the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, (1) |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Weighted average fair value of grants |
|
$ |
7.20 |
|
|
$ |
9.08 |
|
|
$ |
11.77 |
|
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
1.95 |
% |
|
|
2.75 |
% |
|
|
4.56 |
% |
Expected volatility |
|
|
49.54 |
% |
|
|
40.85 |
% |
|
|
39.06 |
% |
Expected life in years |
|
|
4.85 |
|
|
|
4.74 |
|
|
|
5.25 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The weighted average fair value of grants was calculated utilizing the stock options
granted during each respective period. |
We recognize the compensation expense related to stock option awards net of estimated forfeitures
over the service period of the award, which is generally the option vesting term of three to four
years. We estimated the annual forfeiture rate for our executives and board of directors group to
be 2.65%, 2.66%, and 2.41% as of December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, based upon our
historical forfeitures. We estimated the annual forfeiture rate for our non-executive employee
group to be 6.51%, 6.31%, and 5.95% as of December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, based on
our historical forfeitures.
Stock option activity during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
Remaining |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
Remaining |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
Remaining |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Contractual |
|
|
Intrinsic |
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Contractual |
|
|
Intrinsic |
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Contractual |
|
|
Intrinsic |
|
|
|
Options |
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
Term |
|
|
Value |
|
|
Options |
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
Term |
|
|
Value |
|
|
Options |
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
Term |
|
|
Value |
|
|
|
(in 000s) |
|
|
Price |
|
|
(in years) |
|
|
(in 000s) |
|
|
(in 000s) |
|
|
Price |
|
|
(in years) |
|
|
(in 000s) |
|
|
(in 000s) |
|
|
Price |
|
|
(in years) |
|
|
(in 000s) |
|
Outstanding at
beginning of the year |
|
|
1,729 |
|
|
$ |
17.64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,739 |
|
|
$ |
16.83 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,480 |
|
|
$ |
13.73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
16.26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140 |
|
|
|
23.46 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
329 |
|
|
|
27.80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised |
|
|
(278 |
) |
|
|
11.75 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,320 |
|
|
|
(114 |
) |
|
|
10.19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,562 |
|
|
|
(981 |
) |
|
|
12.83 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
17,263 |
|
|
Forfeited/cancelled/
expired |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
22.43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36 |
) |
|
|
24.70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(89 |
) |
|
|
14.91 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at end of
year |
|
|
1,693 |
|
|
$ |
18.37 |
|
|
|
5.40 |
|
|
$ |
9,677 |
|
|
|
1,729 |
|
|
$ |
17.64 |
|
|
|
5.06 |
|
|
$ |
3,045 |
|
|
|
1,739 |
|
|
$ |
16.83 |
|
|
|
5.58 |
|
|
$ |
28,884 |
|
|
Vested and expected
to vest at end of
year |
|
|
1,655 |
|
|
$ |
18.30 |
|
|
|
5.33 |
|
|
$ |
9,532 |
|
|
|
1,688 |
|
|
$ |
17.42 |
|
|
|
4.98 |
|
|
$ |
3,045 |
|
|
|
1,650 |
|
|
$ |
16.43 |
|
|
|
5.41 |
|
|
$ |
28,079 |
|
|
Exercisable at end of
year |
|
|
1,239 |
|
|
$ |
17.33 |
|
|
|
4.30 |
|
|
$ |
8,034 |
|
|
|
1,267 |
|
|
$ |
15.34 |
|
|
|
3.97 |
|
|
$ |
3,044 |
|
|
|
1,081 |
|
|
$ |
13.84 |
|
|
|
4.05 |
|
|
$ |
21,187 |
|
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value
(the difference between our closing stock price on the last trading day of 2009, 2008 and 2007 and
the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received
by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2009, 2008 and
2007. This amount will change based on the fair market value of our stock. The total intrinsic
value of stock options exercised in 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $2.3 million, $1.6 million and $17.3
million, respectively.
During 2009, 2008 and 2007, there were no modifications made to outstanding stock options.
Cash received from option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $3.3
million, $1.2 million and $12.6 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized from option
exercises of the share-based payment awards was $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $3.3 million for the
years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
As of December 31, 2009, we expect to recognize $2.9 million of total unrecognized pre-tax
stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested stock options over a remaining
weighted-average life of 2.2 years.
68
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
Restricted Stock
During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Compensation Committee and Board of Directors granted
298,170 restricted stock awards to our employees with an aggregate grant date fair value of $4.5
million under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan. The restricted stock awards granted to employees
during 2009 consisted of the following:
(in thousands, except share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Grant |
|
|
|
|
of |
|
Date |
|
|
Restricted Stock |
|
Shares |
|
Fair |
|
|
Grant Date |
|
Granted |
|
Value |
|
Vesting Period |
January 1, 2009
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
$ |
74 |
|
|
4-Year Vesting Period (25% each year) |
February 12, 2009
|
|
|
77,146 |
|
|
|
925 |
|
|
3-Year Vesting Period (5% each quarter during years 1-2 and 15% each quarter during year 3) |
March 4, 2009
|
|
|
24,723 |
|
|
|
376 |
|
|
2-Year Vesting Period (12.5% each quarter) |
March 10, 2009
|
|
|
147,693 |
|
|
|
2,400 |
|
|
3-Year Vesting Period (8.75% each quarter during years 1-2 and 7.5% each quarter during year 3) |
March 10, 2009
|
|
|
40,500 |
|
|
|
658 |
|
|
4-Year Vesting Period (6.25% each quarter) |
August 18, 2009
|
|
|
3,108 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
3-Year Vesting Period (8.75% each quarter during years 1-2 and 7.5% each quarter during year 3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
298,170 |
|
|
$ |
4,493 |
|
|
|
In addition to the grants to employees, 28,333 shares of restricted stock were granted to our
outside directors during 2009. On July 1, 2009, 25,000 shares of restricted stock, with a grant
date fair value of $0.5 million, were granted to our outside directors as a part of their annual
compensation package. These shares are subject to a one-year vesting period (25% each quarter). On
October 30, 2009, our Board of Directors appointed Carl E. Vogel to serve as a Class II Director.
In connection with his appointment, 3,333 shares of restricted stock with a grant date fair value
of $0.07 million were granted to Mr. Vogel (a prorated portion of the annual restricted stock grant
made to each director). These shares are subject to an eight-month vesting period (833 shares
vested during the fourth quarter 2009 and 1,250 shares will vest in both the first and second
quarter of 2010).
During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recognized $1.5 million of pre-tax stock-based
compensation expense related to our 2009 restricted stock grants.
69
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
Non-vested restricted stock award activity during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(including restricted stock issued to directors as described in Note 13) was the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
Grant Date |
|
|
|
(in 000s) |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
Non-vested at December 31, 2006 |
|
|
13 |
|
|
$ |
18.74 |
|
Granted |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
36.25 |
|
Vested |
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
27.49 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
36.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested at December 31, 2007 |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
36.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
142 |
|
|
|
23.15 |
|
Vested |
|
|
(62 |
) |
|
|
25.15 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested at December 31, 2008 |
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
23.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
326 |
|
|
|
15.58 |
|
Vested |
|
|
(136 |
) |
|
|
18.66 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-vested at December 31, 2009 |
|
|
280 |
|
|
$ |
16.54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, we expect to recognize $4.5 million of total unrecognized pre-tax
stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested restricted stock awards over a
weighted-average life of 1.9 years.
See Note 2 under the caption Stock-Based Compensation for further information regarding our
accounting principles.
Stock Incentive Plans
1993 Stock Incentive Plan
On January 19, 1993, the 1993 Stock Incentive Plan (1993 Plan) was approved. Under the 1993 Plan,
400,000 shares of common stock were reserved for the granting of incentive and other stock options
to officers, key employees and directors. The 1993 Plan provided for the granting of incentive and
other stock options through January 18, 2003. All options outstanding at the time of termination of
the 1993 Plan shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms. The option
price for incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options was not less than the fair market
value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was to expire,
but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. The 1993
Plan also provided for the award of stock appreciation rights subject to terms and conditions
specified by the Compensation Committee. No stock appreciation rights have been awarded under this
1993 Plan. There are no remaining options available for grant under the 1993 Plan. There are 17,400
shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2009.
1995 Stock Incentive Plan
On May 19, 1995, the 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (1995 Plan) was approved. Under the 1995 Plan,
800,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers, employees and
directors. The 1995 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights,
performance stock units, or any combination thereof through May 18, 2005. The option prices for the
stock options were equal to the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee
determined when each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after
the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been
awarded under this 1995 Plan. There are no remaining options available for grant under the 1995
Plan. There are 20,910 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2009.
70
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
1996 Stock Incentive Plan
On December 1, 1996, the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (1996 Plan) was approved. Under the 1996 Plan,
800,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers and employees.
The 1996 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance
stock units, or any combination thereof through November 30, 2007. The option price for the stock
options was equal to the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee
determined when each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after
the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been
awarded under this 1996 Plan. There are no remaining options available for grant under the 1996
Plan. There are 21,334 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2009.
1998 Stock Incentive Plan
On May 27, 1998, the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (1998 Plan) was approved. Under the 1998 Plan,
630,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers, employees, and
directors. The 1998 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights,
performance stock units, or any combination thereof through May 26, 2008. The option price for the
stock options was not less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation
Committee determined when each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten
years after the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock
units have been awarded under this 1998 Plan. There are no remaining options available for grant
under the 1998 Plan. There are 83,865 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2009.
1999 Stock Incentive Plan
On January 27, 1999, the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (1999 Plan) was approved. Under the 1999 Plan,
630,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers and employees.
The 1999 Plan provided for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance
stock units, or any combination thereof through January 26, 2009. The option price for the stock
options was not less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee
determined when each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after
the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been
awarded under this 1999 Plan. There are no remaining options available for grant under the 1999
Plan. There are 14,510 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2009.
1999A Stock Incentive Plan
On October 7, 1999, the 1999A Nonqualified Stock Plan (1999A Plan) was approved and on February
1, 2000, the 1999A Plan was amended. Under the 1999A Plan, 1,000,000 shares of common stock were
available for distribution to our key officers and employees. The 1999A Plan provided for the
issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, performance stock units, or any combination
thereof through October 6, 2009. The option price for the stock options was not less than the fair
market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when each option was to
expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the option was granted. No
stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under this 1999A Plan. There
are no remaining options available for grant under the 1999A Plan. There are 190,497 shares
outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2009.
2002 Stock Incentive Plan
On February 5, 2002, the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (2002 Plan) was approved. Under the 2002 Plan,
1,000,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers, employees,
and directors. The 2002 Plan provides for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights,
performance stock units, or any combination thereof through February 4, 2012, unless otherwise
terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was not
less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when
each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the
option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under
this 2002
71
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
Plan. As of December 31, 2009, there was 1 remaining option available for grant under the 2002
Plan. There are 383,671 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2009.
2003 Stock Incentive Plan
On June 18, 2003, the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (2003 Plan) was approved. Under the 2003 Plan,
1,000,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers, employees,
and directors. The 2003 Plan provides for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights,
performance stock units, or any combination thereof through June 17, 2013, unless otherwise
terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock options was not
less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determined when
each option was to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the
option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been awarded under
this 2003 Plan. As of December 31, 2009, there were 2,750 remaining options available for grant
under the 2003 Plan. There are 619,583 shares outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2009.
2006 Stock Incentive Plan
On June 13, 2006, the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (2006 Plan) was approved. Under the 2006 Plan,
1,000,000 shares of common stock were available for distribution to our key officers, employees,
and directors. The 2006 Plan provides for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights,
restricted stock units, performance stock units, or any combination thereof through June 12, 2016,
unless otherwise terminated by resolution of our Board of Directors. The option price for the stock
options was not less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The Compensation Committee
determined when each option is to expire, but no option was exercisable more than ten years after
the date the option was granted. No stock appreciation rights or performance stock units have been
awarded under this 2006 Plan. As of December 31, 2009, there were 244,926 remaining shares
available for grant under the 2006 Plan. There are 278,435 restricted stock awards and 341,282
stock options outstanding under this plan as of December 31, 2009.
Vesting periods for the above referenced stock incentive plans range from two to four years.
Significant option groups outstanding at December 31, 2009 and the related weighted average
exercise price and life information are listed below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding |
|
Options Exercisable |
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding |
|
Weighted-Average |
|
Weighted-Average |
|
Exercisable |
|
Weighted-Average |
Range of |
|
At 12/31/09 |
|
Remaining Years of |
|
Exercise |
|
At 12/31/09 |
|
Exercise |
Exercise Prices |
|
(in 000s) |
|
Contractual Life |
|
Price |
|
(in 000s) |
|
Price |
$ |
8.45 to $9.83 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
2.89 |
|
|
$ |
8.67 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
$ |
8.67 |
|
|
10.92 to 13.27 |
|
|
|
224 |
|
|
|
4.70 |
|
|
|
12.60 |
|
|
|
201 |
|
|
|
12.58 |
|
|
14.85 to 16.88 |
|
|
|
429 |
|
|
|
6.07 |
|
|
|
16.13 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
16.08 |
|
|
17.11 to 17.62 |
|
|
|
276 |
|
|
|
5.05 |
|
|
|
17.58 |
|
|
|
275 |
|
|
|
17.58 |
|
|
18.01 to 21.95 |
|
|
|
317 |
|
|
|
4.10 |
|
|
|
20.20 |
|
|
|
234 |
|
|
|
19.85 |
|
|
23.66 to 28.08 |
|
|
|
320 |
|
|
|
7.47 |
|
|
|
27.56 |
|
|
|
153 |
|
|
|
27.79 |
|
|
32.40 to 35.35 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
7.94 |
|
|
|
34.51 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
34.86 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
8.45 to $35.35 |
|
|
|
1,693 |
|
|
|
5.40 |
|
|
$ |
18.37 |
|
|
|
1,239 |
|
|
$ |
17.33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 16 Other (Expense) Income, net
Other (expense) income, net in the Consolidated Income Statements consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) gain on foreign currency exchange transactions |
|
$ |
(246 |
) |
|
$ |
315 |
|
|
$ |
(35 |
) |
Other income (expense) |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other (expense) income, net |
|
$ |
(241 |
) |
|
$ |
311 |
|
|
$ |
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
Note 17 Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share
is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive
potential common shares, which includes the dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock
grants. Dilutive potential common shares for all periods presented are computed utilizing the
treasury stock method.
In the computation of diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008
and 2007, we have excluded 785,186, 534,418 and 153,705 stock options, respectively, with exercise
prices greater than the average market price of the underlying common stock, because their
inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. Furthermore, for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008
and 2007, we have excluded 235,887, 105,944 and 10,174 of unvested shares of restricted stock,
respectively, whose combined unamortized fair value and excess tax benefits were greater in each of
those periods than the average market price of the underlying common stock, as their effect would
be anti-dilutive.
Earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per-share amounts) |
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BASIC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
14,675 |
|
|
$ |
15,806 |
|
|
$ |
20,230 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average common shares outstanding |
|
|
13,667 |
|
|
|
14,015 |
|
|
|
14,410 |
|
Basic earnings per share |
|
$ |
1.07 |
|
|
$ |
1.13 |
|
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DILUTED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
|
$ |
14,675 |
|
|
$ |
15,806 |
|
|
$ |
20,230 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average common shares outstanding for basic |
|
|
13,667 |
|
|
|
14,015 |
|
|
|
14,410 |
|
Dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock |
|
|
304 |
|
|
|
441 |
|
|
|
767 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average common shares outstanding on a diluted basis |
|
|
13,971 |
|
|
|
14,456 |
|
|
|
15,177 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share |
|
$ |
1.05 |
|
|
$ |
1.09 |
|
|
$ |
1.33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 18 Derivatives
Derivatives Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
We are exposed to market risks from foreign currency exchange rates, which may adversely affect our
operating results and financial position. Our foreign currency exposures are primarily concentrated
in the Euro, British Pound, and Hong Kong dollar. We periodically enter into foreign currency
exchange contracts with terms normally lasting less than nine months to protect against the adverse
effects that exchange-rate fluctuations may have on our foreign currency-denominated receivables,
payables, cash flows and reported income. Derivative financial instruments are used to manage risk
and are not used for trading or other speculative purposes. We do not use leveraged derivative
financial instruments and these derivatives have not qualified for hedge accounting.
The gains and losses on both the derivatives and the foreign currency-denominated balances are
recorded as foreign exchange transaction gains or losses and are classified in other (expense)
income, net. Derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The estimated fair values
of our derivative financial instruments represent the amount required to enter into offsetting
contracts with similar remaining maturities based on quoted market prices.
73
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
We have determined that the fair value of our derivatives is derived from level 2 inputs in the
fair value hierarchy (see Note 2 under the captions Derivatives and Fair-Value Measurements for
further information concerning the accounting principles and valuation methodology utilized). The
following table sets forth our financial assets that were accounted for at fair value on a
recurring basis as of December 31, 2009:
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurement Using |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active Markets |
|
|
Other |
|
|
Significant |
|
|
|
Year |
|
|
for Identical |
|
|
Observable |
|
|
Unobservable |
|
|
|
Ended |
|
|
Assets |
|
|
Inputs |
|
|
Inputs |
|
Description |
|
12/31/2009 |
|
|
(Level 1) |
|
|
(Level 2) |
|
|
(Level 3) |
|
Foreign currency exchange futures contract |
|
$ |
(5 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(5 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
Foreign currency exchange put option contract |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(3 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(3 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We held foreign currency exchange contracts which resulted in a net pre-tax loss of approximately
$0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, a net pre-tax loss of approximately $0.5 million
for the year ended December 31, 2008 and a net pre-tax gain of $0.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007.
Futures Contracts
We held one USD/Euro futures contract with a notional value of $1.5 million and a forward rate of
$1.4386 USD/Euro at December 31, 2009. We held the Euro position on this contract, which settled on
January 15, 2010. The loss on this contract as of December 31, 2009 was $5 thousand and is included
in other accrued expenses. This contract was settled at a loss of $11 thousand resulting in a loss
of $6 thousand in January 2010.
We held one USD/Euro futures contract with a notional value of $9.0 million and a forward rate of
$1.277 USD/Euro at December 31, 2008. We held the Euro position on this contract, which settled on
January 7, 2009. The gain on this contract as of December 31, 2008 was $0.8 million and is included
in prepaid expenses and other current assets. This contract was settled at $0.4 million resulting
in a loss of $0.4 million in January 2009.
Put Option
We entered into a USD/GBP put option with a notional value of $4.3 million in July 2009. The strike
price of the put is $1.64 USD/GBP. The contract expired on December 31, 2009 and settled on January
5, 2010. The loss recorded related to this contract was $138 thousand during the year ended
December 31, 2009. The fair value of this put option was approximately $2 thousand at December 31,
2009 and is included in accounts receivable, net (see Note 4).
We entered into a USD/GBP put option with a notional value of $5.0 million in August 2008. The
strike price of the put is $1.85 USD/GBP. The contract expired on December 31, 2008 and settled on
January 5, 2009. The gain recorded related to this contract was $0.5 million during the year ended
December 31, 2008. The fair value of this put option was approximately $0.6 million at December 31,
2008 and was included in prepaid expenses and other current assets.
Note 19 Employee Benefit Plans
We maintain a retirement and profit sharing plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code
for all of our domestic employees that meet certain qualifications. Participants in the plan may
elect to contribute up to the maximum allowed by law. We match 50% of the participants
contributions up to 15% of their gross salary in the form of newly issued shares of our common
stock. We may also make other discretionary contributions to the plan. We recorded $0.8 million,
$0.7 million, and $0.6 million of expense for company contributions for the years ended December
31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
74
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
Note 20 Related Party Transactions
In April 1999, we provided a non-recourse interest bearing secured loan to our chief executive
officer. The loan was in the amount of $200,000 and bore interest at the rate of 5.28% per annum,
with interest payable annually to us on each December 15. The loan was collateralized by the
primary residence purchased and the principal was payable on the earlier of (i) December 15, 2007,
(ii) within twelve months following a demand from us but only in the event the chief executive
officer ceases being our employee or in the event of a default under the loan; or (iii) on the
closing of a sale or transfer of the property. This note, including accrued interest, was paid in
full on December 14, 2007.
Note 21 Business Combination
On February 18, 2009, we acquired certain patents, intellectual property and other assets related
to the universal remote control business from Zilog (NASDAQ: ZILG) for approximately $9.5 million
in cash. The purchase included Zilogs full library and database of infrared codes, software tools
and certain fixed assets. We also hired 116 of Zilogs sales and engineering personnel, including
all 107 of Zilogs personnel located in India. In a related transaction, Maxim Integrated Products
(NASDAQ: MXIM) acquired two of Zilogs product lines, namely, the hardware portion of Zilogs
remote control business and Zilogs secured transaction product line.
We have crosslicensed the remote control technology and intellectual property with Maxim
Integrated Products for purpose of conducting our respective businesses. The arrangement involves
an agreement to source silicon chips from Maxim. During 2009, we
agreed to be Maxims sales agent in return for a sales agency
fee.
The sales agency fee during 2009 was $4.4 million. This arrangement was mildly accretive to our
earnings in 2009, excluding acquisition costs. During 2010, as the
transition from the Zilog chip platform to the Maxim chip platform
progresses, we will begin to take over full sales and distribution
rights, procuring and selling the chips directly to Zilogs
former customers. We
anticipate this position will lead to growth in revenue and earnings going forward. Our
consolidated financial statements include the operating results of the acquired assets, employees
hired, and the related agreement with Maxim from February 18, 2009.
The total purchase price of approximately $9.5 million has been allocated to the net assets
acquired based on their estimated fair values as follow:
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets: |
|
|
|
|
Database |
|
$ |
3,500 |
|
Customer relationships |
|
|
3,100 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
2,902 |
|
Equipment, furniture and fixtures |
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase price |
|
$ |
9,546 |
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization
Of the total purchase price, approximately $6.6 million was allocated to intangible assets subject
to amortization including the database and customer relationships.
The database intangible is composed of the estimated fair value of patents, intellectual property
and other assets related to Zilogs database of infrared codes, and software tools. When
determining the fair value of the database, we utilized the cost approach. In our valuation, we
estimated the total costs to recreate the database, including the associated opportunity costs (or
revenue lost while recreating). We discounted the after-tax cash flows to present value to arrive
at our estimate of the fair value of the database. We are amortizing the database on a
straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of approximately fifteen years.
The customer relationship intangible is composed of the fair value of customer relationships
acquired as a result of the Zilog purchase. We utilized the income approach to estimate the fair
value of the customer relationships intangible. We developed after-tax cash flows based on
forecasted revenue from these customers assuming a
75
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
customer attrition rate based on our analysis of customer data for UEI and Zilog. We discounted the
after-tax cash flows to present value to arrive at our estimate of the fair value of the customer
relationships intangible. We are amortizing the customer relationships intangible on a
straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of approximately fifteen years.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost (purchase price) over the estimated fair value of
identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill from this transaction of $2.9
million will not be amortized, but will be analyzed for impairment at least on an annual basis in
accordance with U.S. GAAP. We review our goodwill for impairment annually as of December 31 and
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment loss may have occurred. We
have not recorded any impairment related to the goodwill recognized as a result of the Zilog
acquisition. Of the total goodwill recorded, none is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
The goodwill recognized is attributable to the following value we received from this acquisition:
|
|
|
This acquisition will expand the breadth and depth of our customer base in both
subscription broadcasting and original equipment manufacturing, particularly in Asia. |
|
|
|
We believe integrating Zilogs technologies with and into our own technology will reduce
design cycle times, lower costs, and lead to improvements in our integrated circuit design,
product quality and overall functional performance. |
|
|
|
The acquisition of former Zilog employees will allow us to leverage their experience to
our advantage in the wireless control industry. |
Acquisition Costs
We recognized $1.1 million of total acquisition costs related to the Zilog transaction in selling,
general and administrative expenses during the year ended December 31, 2009. The acquisition costs
consisted primarily of legal and investment banking services. Of the $1.1 million of acquisition
costs recognized during the year ended December 31, 2009, $0.1 million was capitalized at
December 31, 2008.
Pro forma Results (Unaudited)
The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined results of our
operations and the operations of the acquisition from Zilog as if the acquisition had occurred at
the beginning of the periods presented. Adjustments netting $0.04 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009 have been made to the combined results of operations, primarily reflecting net
sales, salary costs and the amortization of purchased intangible assets that would have occurred
had the acquisition date been January 1, 2009. Net adjustments of $0.4 million have been subtracted
to the combined results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, reflecting
primarily net sales, salary costs, amortization of purchased intangible assets and the acquisition
costs that would have occurred had the acquisition date been January 1 of each respective year. All
adjustments are net of their related tax effects.
Pro forma results were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per-share amounts) |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
Net sales |
|
$ |
318,037 |
|
|
$ |
291,975 |
|
|
$ |
277,555 |
|
Net income |
|
$ |
14,636 |
|
|
$ |
15,441 |
|
|
$ |
19,848 |
|
Basic and diluted net income per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
1.07 |
|
|
$ |
1.10 |
|
|
$ |
1.38 |
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
1.05 |
|
|
$ |
1.07 |
|
|
$ |
1.31 |
|
The unaudited pro forma financial information is not intended to represent or be indicative of the
consolidated results of operations that would have been achieved had the acquisition actually been
completed as of the dates presented, and should not be taken as a projection of the future
consolidated results of our operations.
76
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2009
Note 22 Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
Summarized quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are presented
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
|
March |
|
|
June |
|
|
September |
|
|
December |
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
31, |
|
|
30, |
|
|
30, |
|
|
31, |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
71,126 |
|
|
$ |
78,303 |
|
|
$ |
83,182 |
|
|
$ |
84,939 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
21,437 |
|
|
|
25,495 |
|
|
|
26,070 |
|
|
|
28,610 |
|
Operating income |
|
|
1,536 |
|
|
|
5,687 |
|
|
|
6,644 |
|
|
|
8,080 |
|
Net income |
|
|
796 |
|
|
|
3,816 |
|
|
|
4,223 |
|
|
|
5,840 |
|
Earnings per share (1): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.06 |
|
|
$ |
0.28 |
|
|
$ |
0.31 |
|
|
$ |
0.43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.06 |
|
|
$ |
0.27 |
|
|
$ |
0.30 |
|
|
$ |
0.42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
13,658 |
|
|
|
13,621 |
|
|
|
13,687 |
|
|
|
13,700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
13,831 |
|
|
|
13,981 |
|
|
|
14,008 |
|
|
|
14,063 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
March |
|
|
June |
|
|
September |
|
|
December |
|
|
|
31, |
|
|
30, |
|
|
30, |
|
|
31, |
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
61,191 |
|
|
$ |
70,684 |
|
|
$ |
76,532 |
|
|
$ |
78,693 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
21,735 |
|
|
|
24,212 |
|
|
|
24,928 |
|
|
|
25,315 |
|
Operating income |
|
|
2,683 |
|
|
|
4,357 |
|
|
|
5,910 |
|
|
|
7,811 |
|
Net income |
|
|
2,473 |
|
|
|
3,495 |
|
|
|
4,005 |
|
|
|
5,833 |
|
Earnings per share (1): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
0.17 |
|
|
$ |
0.25 |
|
|
$ |
0.29 |
|
|
$ |
0.43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
0.17 |
|
|
$ |
0.24 |
|
|
$ |
0.28 |
|
|
$ |
0.42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used in computing earnings per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
14,474 |
|
|
|
14,033 |
|
|
|
13,919 |
|
|
|
13,638 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
14,957 |
|
|
|
14,547 |
|
|
|
14,420 |
|
|
|
13,903 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The earnings per common share calculations for each of the quarters were based upon
the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each period, and the sum of the
quarters may not be equal to the full year earnings per share amounts. |
77
SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2008, AND 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
Charged to |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
Beginning of |
|
Costs and |
|
|
|
|
|
End of |
Description |
|
Period |
|
Expenses |
|
Write-offs |
|
Period |
Valuation account for inventory: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2009 |
|
$ |
1,535 |
|
|
$ |
3,342 |
|
|
$ |
(3,127 |
) |
|
$ |
1,750 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2008 |
|
$ |
1,826 |
|
|
$ |
2,411 |
|
|
$ |
(2,702 |
) |
|
$ |
1,535 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2007 |
|
$ |
2,179 |
|
|
$ |
2,146 |
|
|
$ |
(2,499 |
) |
|
$ |
1,826 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
Charged to |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
|
Beginning of |
|
Costs and |
|
Reduction/ |
|
End of |
Description |
|
Period |
|
Expenses |
|
Write-offs |
|
Period |
Valuation account for income tax: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2009 |
|
$ |
189 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(10 |
) |
|
$ |
179 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2008 |
|
$ |
264 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(75 |
) |
|
$ |
189 |
|
Year Ended December 31, 2007 |
|
$ |
620 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(356 |
) |
|
$ |
264 |
|
78
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(d) defines disclosure controls and procedures to mean controls and
procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by
the company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commissions rules and forms. The
definition further states that disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation,
controls and procedures designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by a
company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and
communicated to the companys management, including its principal executive and principal financial
officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosure.
An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our management,
including our principal executive and principal financial officers, of the effectiveness of the
design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered
by this report. Based on that evaluation, our principal executive and principal financial officers
have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective, as of the end of the
period covered by this report, to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be
disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission
rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to our management to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosures.
Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Our internal control over
financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of financial reporting and preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because of inherent
limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal
executive and principal financial officers, we evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting based on the Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control Integrated
Framework. Based on our evaluation under this framework, our management concluded that our internal
control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2009.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 has been
audited by Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its
attestation report which is included herein.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in internal controls or in other factors that may significantly affect
our internal controls during 2009.
79
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Universal Electronics Inc.
We have audited Universal Electronics Inc.s (a Delaware Corporation) internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal
Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO). Universal Electronics Inc.s management is responsible for maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Managements Annual Report on
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on Universal
Electronics Inc.s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk,
and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A
companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Universal Electronics Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal
Control-Integrated Framework issued by COSO.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Universal Electronics Inc. as of December
31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders equity, and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, and our report dated
March 15, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Irvine, California
March 15, 2010
80
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K with respect to our directors will be contained
in and is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act. Information regarding executive officers of the Company
is set forth in Part I of this Form 10-K.
Information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is hereby incorporated
by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be
filed subsequent to the date of filing this Form 10-K, under the caption Section 16(a) Beneficial
Ownership Reporting Compliance. Copies of Section 16 reports, Forms 3, 4 and 5, are available on
our website, www.uei.com under the caption SEC Filings on the Investor page.
Code of Conduct. We have adopted a code of conduct that applies to all of our employees, including
without limitation our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal
accounting officer. A copy of the Code of Conduct is included as Exhibit 14.1 to our Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on March 14, 2004 (File No. 0-21044). The
Code of Conduct is also available on our website, www.uei.com under the caption Corporate
Governance on the Investor page. We will post on our website information regarding any amendment
to, or waiver from, any provision of the Code of Conduct that applies to our principal executive
officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer.
Information required by Items 407(c)(3), (d)(4) and (d)(5) of Regulation S-K will be contained in
and is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information required by Items 402 and 407(e)(4) and (e)(5) of Regulation S-K will be contained in
and is hereby incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS
Information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is hereby incorporated
by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be
filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
Exchange Act.
81
The following summarizes our equity compensation plans at December 31, 2009:
Equity Compensation Plan Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
(b) |
|
(c) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
remaining available |
|
|
Number of |
|
|
|
|
|
for future issuance |
|
|
Securities to be |
|
|
|
|
|
under equity |
|
|
issued upon |
|
Weighted-average |
|
compensation plans |
|
|
exercise of |
|
exercise price of |
|
(excluding |
|
|
outstanding |
|
outstanding |
|
securities |
|
|
options, warrants |
|
options, warrants |
|
reflected in column |
Plan Category |
|
and rights |
|
and rights |
|
(a)) |
|
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders |
|
|
1,397,319 |
|
|
$ |
18.26 |
|
|
|
247,676 |
|
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders |
|
|
574,168 |
|
|
|
17.66 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
Total |
|
|
1,971,487 |
|
|
$ |
18.08 |
|
|
|
247,677 |
|
|
See ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA- Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements - Note 15 for a description of each of our stock incentive plans.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Information required by Items 404 and 407(a) of Regulation S-K will be contained in and is hereby
incorporated by reference to our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange
Commission under the Exchange Act.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Information required by this item will be contained in and is hereby incorporated by reference to
our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to
Regulation 14A promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)(1) List of Financial Statements
See ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA-Index to Consolidated Financial
Statements for a list of the consolidated financial statements included herein.
(a)(2) List of Financial Statement Schedules
See ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA-Index to Consolidated Financial
Statements for a list of the consolidated financial statement schedules included herein.
(a)(3) List of Exhibits required to be filed by Item 601(a) of the Regulation S-K are included as
Exhibits to this Report:
See EXHIBIT INDEX at page 84 of Form 10-K.
82
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirement of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized, in the City of Cypress, State of California on the 15th day of March, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Paul D. Arling
|
|
|
|
Paul D. Arling |
|
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer |
|
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Paul D. Arling and Bryan M.
Hackworth as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, with full powers of
substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and
all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto
and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting
unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and
perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises,
as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or may do in person, thereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, or his substitutes, may
lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed
below on the 15th day of March, 2010, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in
the capacities indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
NAME & TITLE |
|
SIGNATURE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paul D. Arling |
|
|
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
/s/ Paul D. Arling
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(principal executive officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bryan M. Hackworth |
|
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
/s/ Bryan M. Hackworth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(principal financial officer and principal
accounting officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Satjiv S. Chahil |
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
/s/ Satjiv S. Chahil |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William C. Mulligan |
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
/s/ William C. Mulligan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J. C. Sparkman |
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
/s/ J.C. Sparkman |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gregory P. Stapleton |
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
/s/ Gregory P. Stapleton |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carl E. Vogel |
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
/s/ Carl E. Vogel |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edward K. Zinser |
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
/s/ Edward K. Zinser |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Document Description |
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of February 17, 2009 by and among Zilog, Inc., Zilog India
Electronics Pvt Ltd, Maxim Integrated Products, Inc., UEI Cayman Inc., Universal Electronics
Inc., and UEI Electronics Private Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 filed on March 13,
2009 (File No. 0-12044)) |
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Universal Electronics Inc., as amended (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Companys Form S-1 Registration filed on or about December
24, 1992 (File No. 33-56358)) |
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
Amended and Restated By-laws of Universal Electronics Inc. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2 to the Companys Form S-1 Registration filed on or about December 24, 1992 (File
No. 33-56358)) |
|
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Universal Electronics
Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1995 filed on April 1, 1996 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
Article Eighth of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, contains certain
provisions restricting business combinations with interested stockholders under certain
circumstances and imposing higher voting requirements for the approval of certain
transactions unless the transaction has been approved by two-thirds of the disinterested
directors or fair price provisions have been met. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3
to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 filed on
April 1, 1996 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.1
|
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1993 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.13 to Amendment No. 1 to the Companys Form S-1 Registration filed on or about
January 21, 1993 (File No. 33-56358)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.2
|
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit B to the Companys Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1995 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on May 1, 1995 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.3
|
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain
employees used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal
Electronics Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 filed on March 28,
1997 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.4
|
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain
non-affiliated directors used in connection with options granted to the non-affiliated
directors pursuant to the Universal Electronics Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1996 filed on March 28, 1997 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.5
|
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.5 to the Companys Form S-8 Registration Statement filed on March 26, 1997 (File
No. 333-23985)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.6
|
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain
employers used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal
Electronics Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the
Companys Form S-8 Registration Statement filed on March 26, 1997 (File No. 333-23985)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.7
|
|
|
Form of Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain
employees (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Companys Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, filed on March 30, 1998 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.8
|
|
|
Form of Amendment to Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc.
and |
84
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Document Description |
|
|
|
certain employees (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, filed on March 30, 1998 (File No.
0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.9
|
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit A to the Companys Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1998 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 20, 1998 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.10
|
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain
employees used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal
Electronics Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 filed on March 31,
1999 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.11
|
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit A to the Companys Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1999 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 29, 1999 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.12
|
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain
employees used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal
Electronics Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the
Companys Definitive Proxy Materials for the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Universal
Electronics Inc. filed on April 29, 1999 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.13
|
|
|
Form of Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain
employees (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Companys Annual Report on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 filed on March 30, 2000 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.14
|
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 1999A Nonqualified Stock Plan effective October 7, 1999
and subsequently amended February 1, 2000 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 filed on March 30,
2000 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.15
|
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain
employees used in connection with options granted to the employees pursuant to the Universal
Electronics Inc. 1999A Nonqualified Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to
the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 filed on March
30, 2000 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.16
|
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.49 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
2002 filed on August 14, 2002 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.17
|
|
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement by and between Universal Electronics Inc. and certain
directors, officers and other employees used in connection with options granted to the
employees pursuant to the Universal Electronics Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended June 30, 2002 filed on August 14, 2002 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.18
|
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to
Appendix B to the Companys Definitive Proxy Materials for the 2003 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 28, 2003 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
10.19
|
|
|
Credit Agreement dated September 15, 2003 between Comerica Bank and Universal Electronics
Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003 filed on November 14, 2003 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
10.20
|
|
|
Promissory Agreement dated September 15, 2003 between Comerica Bank and Universal Electronics
Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003 filed on November 14, 2003 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.21
|
|
|
Form of Executive Officer Employment Agreement dated April 23, 2003 by and between Universal
Electronics Inc. and Paul D. Arling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the
Companys |
85
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Document Description |
|
|
|
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on March 14,
2004 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.22
|
|
|
Form of Executive Officer Employment Agreement dated April 2003 by and between Universal
Electronics Inc. and Robert P. Lilleness (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on March 14,
2004 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.23
|
|
|
Form of First Amendment to Executive Officer Employment Agreement dated October 21, 2005 by
and between Universal Electronics Inc. and Paul D. Arling (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.24 to the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2005 filed on March 16, 2006 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
10.24
|
|
|
Third Amendment to Lease dated December 1, 2006 between Warland Investments Company and
Universal Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 filed on March 16, 2006 (File
No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.25
|
|
|
Form of Universal Electronics Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to
Appendix C to the Companys Definitive Proxy Materials for the 2006 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders of Universal Electronics Inc. filed on April 26, 2006 (File No. 0-21044) |
|
|
|
|
*10.26
|
|
|
Employment and Separation Agreement and General Release dated August 17, 2006 between Robert
P. Lilleness and Universal Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 22, 2006 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
10.27
|
|
|
Form of Lease dated January 31, 2007 between FirstCal Industrial 2 Acquisition, LLC and
Universal Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed on March 16, 2007 (File
No. 02-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
10.28
|
|
|
Amendment Number One to Credit Agreement dated August 29, 2006 between Comerica Bank and
Universal Electronics Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Companys
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed on March 16, 2007 (File
No. 02-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.29
|
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreements, dated as of January 2, 2007 between the Company and each
director and certain officers of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to
the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 filed on March
16, 2007 (File No. 02-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
*10.30
|
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to
the Companys Form S-8 Registration Statement filed on March 27, 2008 (File No. 333-149926)) |
|
|
|
|
10.31
|
|
|
Credit Agreement dated December 23, 2009 between U.S. Bank National Association and Universal
Electronics Inc. (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
|
10.32
|
|
|
Revolving Note dated December 23, 2009 from Universal Electronics Inc. to U.S. Bank National
Association (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
|
14.1
|
|
|
Code of Conduct (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed on March 14, 2004 (File No. 0-21044)) |
|
|
|
|
21.1
|
|
|
List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
|
23.1
|
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Grant Thornton LLP (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
|
24.1
|
|
|
Power of Attorney (filed as part of the signature page hereto) |
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
|
31.2
|
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications of the Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and
principal accounting officer) (filed herewith) |
86
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Document Description |
|
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
|
Section 1350 Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
|
32.2
|
|
|
Section 1350 Certifications of the Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and
principal accounting officer) (filed herewith) |
|
|
|
* |
|
Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement identified pursuant to Items 15(a)(3) and
15(c) of Form 10-K. |
87
exv10w31
Exhibit 10.31
Execution Copy
CREDIT AGREEMENT
by and between
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC.
and
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Dated as of December 23, 2009
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.1. Defined Terms |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.2. Accounting Terms and Calculations |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 1.3. Computation of Time Periods |
|
|
9 |
|
Section 1.4. Other Definitional Terms |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II. TERMS OF THE CREDIT FACILITIES |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2.1. The Revolving Commitments |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 2.2. Procedure for Revolving Loans |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 2.3. The Revolving Note |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 2.4. Interest Rates; Conversions and Continuations; Etc. |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 2.5. Payment of Interest and Principal of Revolving Loans |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 2.6. Optional Prepayments |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 2.7. Letters of Credit |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 2.8. Procedures for Letters of Credit |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 2.9. Terms of Letters of Credit |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 2.10. Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 2.11. Obligations Absolute |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 2.12. Outstanding Letters of Credit Following Event of Default |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 2.13. Revolving Loans to Cover Unpaid Drawings |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 2.14. Facility Fees and Letter of Credit Fees |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 2.15. Computation |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 2.16. Payments |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 2.17. Revolving Commitment Ending Date |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 2.18. Use of Revolving Loan Proceeds |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 2.19. Taxes |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3.1. Conditions of Initial Transaction |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 3.2. Conditions Precedent to all Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4.1. Organization, Standing, Etc. |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 4.2. Authorization and Validity |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 4.3. No Conflict; No Default |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 4.4. Government Consent |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 4.5. Financial Statements and Condition |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 4.6. Litigation |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 4.7. Environmental, Health and Safety Laws |
|
|
21 |
|
Section 4.8. ERISA |
|
|
21 |
|
Section 4.9. Federal Reserve Regulations |
|
|
21 |
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4.10. Title to Property; Leases; Liens; Subordination |
|
|
21 |
|
Section 4.11. Taxes |
|
|
22 |
|
Section 4.12. Trademarks; Patents |
|
|
22 |
|
Section 4.13. Burdensome Restrictions |
|
|
22 |
|
Section 4.14. Force Majeure |
|
|
22 |
|
Section 4.15. Investment Company Act |
|
|
22 |
|
Section 4.16. Retirement Benefits |
|
|
22 |
|
Section 4.17. Full Disclosure |
|
|
22 |
|
Section 4.18. Subsidiaries |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 4.19. Labor Matters |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 4.20. Solvency |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5.1. Financial Statements and Reports |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 5.2. Existence |
|
|
25 |
|
Section 5.3. Insurance |
|
|
25 |
|
Section 5.4. Payment of Taxes and Claims |
|
|
26 |
|
Section 5.5. Inspection |
|
|
26 |
|
Section 5.6. Maintenance of Properties |
|
|
26 |
|
Section 5.7. Books and Records |
|
|
26 |
|
Section 5.8. Compliance |
|
|
26 |
|
Section 5.9. ERISA |
|
|
26 |
|
Section 5.10. Environmental Matters; Reporting |
|
|
27 |
|
Section 5.11. Further Assurances |
|
|
27 |
|
Section 5.12. Compliance with Terms of Material Contracts |
|
|
27 |
|
Section 5.13. Maintenance of Bank Accounts |
|
|
28 |
|
Section 5.14. Additional Restricted Subsidiaries |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI. NEGATIVE COVENANTS |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6.1. Merger |
|
|
28 |
|
Section 6.2. Disposition of Assets |
|
|
28 |
|
Section 6.3. Plans |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 6.4. Change in Nature of Business |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 6.5. Negative Pledges; Subsidiary Restrictions |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 6.6. Restricted Payments |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 6.7. Transactions with Affiliates |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 6.8. Accounting Changes |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 6.9. Subordinated Debt |
|
|
30 |
|
Section 6.10. Investments |
|
|
30 |
|
Section 6.11. Indebtedness |
|
|
31 |
|
Section 6.12. Liens |
|
|
31 |
|
Section 6.13. Contingent Liabilities |
|
|
32 |
|
Section 6.14. Cash Flow Leverage Ratio |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 6.15. Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 6.16. Quick Ratio |
|
|
33 |
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6.17. Revolving Loan Proceeds |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 6.18. Sale and Leaseback Transactions |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 6.19. Rate Protection and Foreign Currency Hedging Agreements |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7.1. Events of Default |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 7.2. Remedies |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 7.3. Deposit Accounts; Offset |
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII. MISCELLANEOUS |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 8.1. Modifications |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 8.2. Expenses |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 8.3. Waivers, Etc. |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 8.4. Notices |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 8.5. Taxes |
|
|
37 |
|
Section 8.6. Successors and Assigns; Participations; Purchasing Banks |
|
|
37 |
|
Section 8.7. Confidentiality of Information |
|
|
38 |
|
Section 8.8. Governing Law and Construction |
|
|
39 |
|
Section 8.9. Consent to Jurisdiction |
|
|
39 |
|
Section 8.10. Judicial Reference Agreement |
|
|
39 |
|
Section 8.11. Survival of Agreement |
|
|
41 |
|
Section 8.12. Indemnification |
|
|
41 |
|
Section 8.13. Captions |
|
|
42 |
|
Section 8.14. Entire Agreement |
|
|
42 |
|
Section 8.15. Counterparts |
|
|
42 |
|
Section 8.16. Borrower Acknowledgements |
|
|
42 |
|
Section 8.17. Interest Rate Limitation |
|
|
42 |
|
List of Exhibits and Schedules |
|
|
1 |
|
iii
CREDIT AGREEMENT
THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (this Agreement), dated as of December 23, 2009, is by and
between UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware
(the Borrower), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (the
Bank).
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
Section 1.1. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the
following meanings (and such meanings apply to both the singular and plural forms of the term
defined, as the context requires):
Advance: Any portion of the outstanding Revolving Loans by the Bank as to
which one of the available interest rate options and, if pertinent, a Loan Period, is
applicable. An Advance may be a LIBOR Rate Loan or a Prime Rate Loan.
Affiliate: When used with reference to any Person, (a) each Person that,
directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the
Person referred to, (b) each Person that beneficially owns or holds, directly or indirectly,
5% or more of any class of voting Equity Interests of the Person referred to, (c) each
Person, 5% or more of the voting Equity Interests (or if such Person is not a corporation,
5% or more of the equity interest) of which is beneficially owned or held, directly or
indirectly, by the Person referred to, and (d) each of such Persons officers, directors,
joint venturers, and partners. The term control (including the terms controlled by and
under common control with) means the possession, directly, of the power to direct or cause
the direction of the management and policies of the Person in question.
Applicable Margin:
(a) For LIBOR Rate Loans: 1.8%.
(b) For Prime Rate Loans: 0%.
Acquisition: Any acquisition of the assets or Equity Interests of another
Person in one or more transactions.
Acquisition Target: The Person from which beneficial ownership of assets or
Equity Interests of another Person is acquired in an Acquisition.
Bank: As defined in the opening paragraph hereof.
Banking Day: Any day (other than a Saturday, Sunday, or federal or state
legal holiday in the State of California) on which banks are permitted to be open in the
State of California and New York City, New York.
Board: The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any successor
thereto.
Borrower: As defined in the opening paragraph hereof.
Capital Expenditures: For any period, the sum of all amounts that would, in
accordance with GAAP, be included as additions to property, plant, and equipment on a
consolidated statement of cash flows for the Borrower during such period, in respect of
(a) the acquisition, construction, improvement, replacement, or betterment of land,
buildings, machinery, equipment, or any other fixed assets or leaseholds, (b) to the extent
related to and not included in (a) above, materials and contract labor (excluding
expenditures properly chargeable to repairs or maintenance in accordance with GAAP), and
(c) other capital expenditures and other uses recorded as capital expenditures or similar
terms having substantially the same effect.
Capitalized Lease: A lease of (or other agreement conveying the right to
use) real or personal property with respect to which at least a portion of the rent or other
amounts thereon constitutes Capitalized Lease Obligations.
Capitalized Lease Obligations: As to any Person, the obligations of such
Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement conveying the right
to use) real or personal property which obligations are required to be classified and
accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP (including
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13 of the Financial Accounting Standards
Board). For purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations shall be the
capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP (including such Statement
No. 13).
Cash Flow Leverage Ratio: At any time of determination, the ratio of
(a) interest-bearing Indebtedness to (b) EBITDA.
Change of Control: The occurrence, after the Effective Date, of any of the
following circumstances: (a) any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert acquiring
beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange
Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of Equity
Interests of the Borrower representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of all
Equity Interests of the Borrower entitled to vote in the election of directors; (b) during
any period of up to twelve consecutive months, whether commencing before or after the
Effective Date, individuals who at the beginning of such twelve-month period were directors
of the Borrower ceasing for any reason to constitute a majority of the board of directors of
the Borrower (other than by reason of death, disability, or scheduled retirement); or
(c) any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert acquiring by contract or otherwise,
or entering into a contract or arrangement that upon consummation
will result in its or their acquisition of, control over Equity Interests of the
Borrower representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of all Equity Interests of
the Borrower entitled to vote in the election of directors.
2
Charges: As defined in Section 8.17.
Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Contingent Obligation: With respect to any Person at the time of any
determination, without duplication, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person
guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other
Person (the primary obligor) in any manner, whether directly or otherwise, (a) to purchase
or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or to
purchase (or advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any direct or indirect security
therefor, (b) to purchase property, securities, Equity Interests, or services for the
purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment of such Indebtedness,
(c) to maintain working capital, equity capital, or other financial statement condition of
the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or
otherwise to protect the owner thereof against loss in respect thereof, or (d) entered into
for the purpose of assuring in any manner the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment of
such Indebtedness or to protect the owner against loss in respect thereof; provided, that
the term Contingent Obligation shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit,
in each case in the ordinary course of business.
Current Liabilities: As of any date, the consolidated current liabilities of
the Borrower, determined in accordance with GAAP.
Default: Any event that with the giving of notice (whether such notice is
required under Section 7.1, under some other provision of this Agreement, or otherwise) or
lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
EBITDA: For any period of determination, the consolidated net income of the
Borrower before deductions for income taxes, Interest Expense, depreciation, and
amortization, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.
EBITDAR: For any period of determination, the consolidated net income, plus
interest expense, plus income tax expense, plus depreciation expense, plus amortization
expense, plus rent or lease expense of the Borrower, all as determined for said period in
accordance with GAAP.
Effective Date: Any Banking Day on which all the conditions precedent to the
Banks obligation to make the initial Advance, as set forth in Article III, have been, or,
on such Effective Date, will be, satisfied.
Equity Interests: All shares, interests, participations, or other
equivalents, however designated, of or in a corporation or limited liability company,
whether or not voting, including but not limited to common stock, member interests,
warrants, preferred
stock, convertible debentures, and all agreements, instruments, and documents
convertible, in whole or in part, into any one or more of the foregoing.
ERISA: The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
3
ERISA Affiliate: Any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is
a member of a group of which the Borrower is a member and that is treated as a single
employer under § 414 of the Code.
Event of Default: Any event described in Section 7.1.
Federal Funds Rate: For any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum
equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of the rates on overnight
Federal funds transactions, with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal
funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Banking Day, for the next
preceding Banking Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so
published for any day that is a Banking Day, the average of the quotations the Bank receives
for such day on such transactions from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing
that the Bank selects.
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: For any period of determination, (a) EBITDAR
minus cash taxes, cash dividends, cash distributions, and Maintenance Capital Expenditures
divided by (b) the sum of all consolidated required principal payments (on short and long
term debt and capital leases), interest, and rental or lease expense, all as determined for
said period in accordance with GAAP.
Foreign Currency Hedging Agreement: Any foreign currency swap, exchange, cap,
collar, floor, forward, future or option agreement, or any other similar hedging
arrangement, between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, and any
one or more counterparties, including the Bank, provided that such agreements are entered
into by such Person in the ordinary course of its business and not for purposes of
speculation.
GAAP: Generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and
pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants, statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards
Board, or such other statements by such other entity as are approved by a significant
segment of the accounting profession that are applicable to the circumstances as of any date
of determination.
Holding Account: A deposit account belonging to the Bank into which the
Borrower may be required to make deposits pursuant to this Agreement, such account to be
under the sole dominion and control of the Bank and not subject to withdrawal by the
Borrower, with any amounts therein to be held for application as specified in Section 2.6,
2.10, and 2.13 as the case may be.
Immediately Available Funds: Funds with good value on the day and in the
city in which payment is received.
Indebtedness: With respect to any Person at the time of any determination,
without duplication, all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person that in
accordance with GAAP should be classified upon the balance sheet of such Person as
liabilities, but in any event including: (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed
4
money (including non-recourse obligations), (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by
bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person
upon which interest charges are customarily paid or accrued, (d) all obligations of such
Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property
purchased by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the
deferred purchase price of property or services, but excluding trade payables incurred in
the ordinary course of business that are not more than 90 days past due, (f) all obligations
of others secured by any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not
the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (g) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of
such Person, (h) all obligations of such Person in respect of interest rate swap agreements,
cap or collar agreements, interest rate futures or option contracts, currency swap
agreements, currency futures or option agreements, and other similar contracts, (i) all
obligations of such Person, actual or contingent, as an account party in respect of letters
of credit or bankers acceptances, (j) all obligations of any partnership or joint venture
as to which such Person is or may become personally liable, (k) all obligations of such
Person under any Equity Interests issued by such Person, and (l) all Contingent Obligations
of such Person.
Indemnitee: As defined in Section 8.12.
Interest Expense: For any period of determination, the aggregate
consolidated amount, without duplication, of interest paid, accrued, or scheduled to be paid
in respect of any Indebtedness of the Borrower, including (a) all but the principal
component of payments in respect of conditional sale contracts, Capitalized Leases, and
other title retention agreements, (b) commissions, discounts, and other fees and charges
with respect to letters of credit and bankers acceptance financings, and (c) net costs
under interest rate protection agreements, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.
Interest Differential: As defined in Section 2.4(d).
Investment: (a) The acquisition, purchase, making, or holding of any Equity
Interests or other security, or any loan, advance, contribution to capital, or extension of
credit (except for trade and customer accounts receivable for inventory sold or services
rendered in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary trade
terms), (b) any acquisition of real or personal property (other than real and personal
property acquired in the ordinary course of business), and any purchase of or commitment or
option to purchase Equity Interests, securities, or other debt of or any interest in another
Person or any integral part of any business or the assets constituting such business or part
thereof, and (c) the formation of, or entry into, any partnership as a limited or general
partner with any other Person or the entry into any joint venture with any other Person.
The amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of
all additions thereto, without any adjustments for increases or
decreases in value or write-ups, write-downs, or write-offs with respect to such
Investment.
Letter of Credit: A letter of credit issued by the Bank pursuant to this
Agreement for the account of the Borrower.
5
Letter of Credit Fee: As defined in Section 2.14.
Letter of Credit Outstandings: The aggregate maximum amount available to be
drawn under Letters of Credit outstanding on any date of determination.
LIBOR Rate Loan: As defined in Section 2.4(a).
Lien: With respect to any Person, any security interest, mortgage, pledge,
lien, charge, encumbrance, title retention agreement, or analogous instrument or device
(including the interest of each lessor under any Capitalized Lease) in, of, or on any assets
or properties of such Person, now owned or hereafter acquired, whether arising by agreement
or operation of law.
Loan Documents: This Agreement and the Revolving Note.
Loan Period: As defined in Section 2.4(b).
Maintenance Capital Expenditures: For any period of determination, 50% of
the consolidated equipment depreciation expense of the Borrower, determined in accordance
with GAAP.
Material Adverse Occurrence: Any occurrence of whatsoever nature (including,
without limitation, any adverse determination in any litigation, arbitration, or
governmental investigation or proceeding) that could reasonably be expected to materially
and adversely affect (a) the financial condition or operations of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to perform
its obligations under any Loan Document, or any writing executed pursuant thereto, (c) the
validity or enforceability of the material obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary
under any Loan Document, (d) the rights and remedies of the Bank against the Borrower or any
Subsidiary under any Loan Document, or (e) the timely payment of the principal of and
interest on the Revolving Loans or other amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder.
Maximum Rate: As defined in Section 8.17.
Multiemployer Plan: A multiemployer plan, as such term is defined in
§ 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, that is maintained (on the Effective Date, within the five years
preceding the Effective Date, or at any time after the Effective Date) for employees of the
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.
Obligations: The Borrowers obligations in respect of the due and punctual
payment of principal and interest on the Revolving Note and Unpaid Drawings when and
as due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, all fees, expenses, indemnities,
reimbursements, and other obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents, and the Rate
Protection Obligations, in all cases whether now existing or hereafter arising or incurred.
Other Taxes: As defined in Section 2.20(b).
6
Participants: As defined in Section 8.6(b).
PBGC: The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, established pursuant to
Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA, and any successor thereto or to the functions thereof.
Permitted Acquisition: An Acquisition to which the Bank has provided written
consent or an Acquisition for which the following conditions are met:
(a) such Acquisition is not hostile and has been approved by the Acquisition
Target by action of the board of directors or other similar governing body of the
Acquisition Target;
(b) the Acquisition Target is in a line of business the same as or similar to
the electronics industry or is complementary to the line of business engaged in by
the Borrower as of the Effective Date; and
(c) the Borrower has delivered to the Bank a pro forma Compliance Certificate,
certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower, demonstrating that both
before and after giving effect to such Acquisition, no Event of Default is
continuing or will result therefrom.
Person: Any natural person, corporation, partnership, limited partnership,
limited liability company, joint venture, firm, association, trust, unincorporated
organization, government, governmental agency or political subdivision, or other entity,
whether acting in an individual, fiduciary, or other capacity.
Plan: Each employee benefit plan (whether in existence on the Effective Date
or thereafter instituted), as such term is defined in § 3 of ERISA, maintained for the
benefit of employees, officers, or directors of the Borrower or of any ERISA Affiliate.
Prime Rate: As defined in Section 2.4(a).
Prime Rate Loan: As defined in Section 2.4(a).
Prohibited Transaction: As defined in § 4975 of the Code and § 406 of ERISA.
Quick Ratio: As of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the
Borrowers consolidated accounts receivable plus the Borrowers consolidated cash on hand
and marketable securities to (b) Current Liabilities (including the Obligations).
Rate Protection Agreement: Any interest rate swap, cap, or option agreement,
or other agreement pursuant to which the Borrower hedges interest rate risk with respect to
a portion of the Obligations, entered into by the Borrower with a Rate Protection Provider.
Rate Protection Obligations: The liabilities, indebtedness, and obligations
of the Borrower, if any, to Rate Protection Providers under Rate Protection Agreements.
7
Rate Protection Provider: The Bank, or any Affiliate of the Bank, that is
the counterparty of the Borrower under any Rate Protection Agreement.
Regulatory Change: Any change after the Effective Date in federal, state, or
foreign laws or regulations or the adoption or making after such date of any
interpretations, directives, or requests applying to a class of banks including the Bank
under any federal, state, or foreign laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of
law) by any court or governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof.
Reportable Event: A reportable event as defined in § 4043 of ERISA and the
regulations issued under such section, with respect to a Plan, excluding, however, such
events as to which the PBGC by regulation has waived the requirement of § 4043(a) of ERISA
that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event, provided that a failure
to meet the minimum funding standard of § 412 of the Code and § 302 of ERISA shall be a
Reportable Event regardless of the issuance of any waiver in accordance with § 412(d) of the
Code.
Restricted Payments: With respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
collectively, all dividends or other distributions of any nature (whether cash, Equity
Interests other than common stock of the Borrower, assets, or otherwise), and all payments
on any class of Equity Interests (including warrants, options, or rights therefor) issued by
the Borrower, whether or not such Equity Interests are authorized or outstanding on the
Effective Date or at any time thereafter, and any redemption or purchase of, or distribution
in respect of, any of the foregoing, whether directly or indirectly.
Restricted Subsidiary: (a) Universal Electronics BV and (b) each other
Subsidiary designated in writing by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.14.
Revolving Commitment: The Banks obligation to make Revolving Loans to, and
issue Letters of Credit for, the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at
any time not to exceed the Revolving Commitment Amount upon the terms and subject to the
conditions and limitations of this Agreement.
Revolving Commitment Amount: $15,000,000.
Revolving Commitment Ending Date: As defined in Section 2.17.
Revolving Loan: As defined in Section 2.1.
Revolving Loan Date: The date of the making of any Revolving Loan hereunder.
Revolving Note: A promissory note of the Borrower in the form of
Exhibit A, evidencing the Borrowers obligation to repay the Revolving Loan.
Standby Letter of Credit Sublimit: $4,500,000.
8
Subordinated Debt: Any Indebtedness of the Borrower, now existing or
hereafter created, incurred, or arising, that is subordinated in right of payment to the
payment of the Obligations in a manner and to an extent (a) that the Bank has approved in
writing prior to the creation of such Indebtedness, or (b) as to any Indebtedness of the
Borrower existing on the date of this Agreement, that the Bank has approved as Subordinated
Debt in a writing delivered by the Bank to the Borrower on or prior to the Effective Date.
Subsidiary: Any corporation or other entity of which Equity Interests having
ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the board of directors or other
Persons performing similar functions are owned by the Borrower either directly or through
one or more Subsidiaries.
Tangible Net Worth: As of any date of determination, the sum of the amounts
set forth on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as the sum of the common stock,
preferred stock, additional paid-in capital, and retained earnings of the Borrower
(excluding treasury stock), less the book value of all intangible assets of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries, including all such items as goodwill, trademarks, trade names, service
marks, copyrights, patents, licenses, unamortized debt discount and expenses, and the excess
of the purchase price of the assets of any business acquired by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries over the book value of such assets.
Termination Date: The earlier of (a) October 31, 2011, or (b) the date on
which the Revolving Commitment is terminated pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof.
Total Revolving Outstandings: As of any date of determination, the sum of
(a) the aggregate unpaid principal balance of Revolving Loans outstanding on such date,
(b) the Letter of Credit Outstandings, and (c) the aggregate amount of Unpaid Drawings on
such date.
Unpaid Drawing: As defined in Section 2.10.
Universal Electronics BV: Universal Electronics, B.V., a corporation
organized under the laws of the Netherlands.
U.S. Taxes: As defined in Section 2.19 (e).
Section 1.2. Accounting Terms and Calculations. Except as expressly provided to the contrary herein, all accounting terms used
herein shall be interpreted and all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made in
accordance with GAAP. To the extent any change in GAAP affects any computation or
determination required to be made pursuant to this Agreement, such computation or
determination shall be made as if such change in GAAP had not occurred unless the Borrower
and the Bank agree in writing on an adjustment to such computation or determination to
account for such change in GAAP.
Section 1.3. Computation of Time Periods. In this Agreement, in the
computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, unless
9
otherwise stated the word from means from and including and the words to and until
mean to but excluding.
Section 1.4. Other Definitional Terms. The words hereof, herein, and
hereunder and words of similar import when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement
as a whole and not to any particular provision hereof. References to sections, exhibits,
and schedules and like references are to sections, exhibits, schedules, and the like of this
Agreement unless otherwise provided. The words include, includes, and including shall
be deemed to be followed by the phrase without limitation. Unless the context otherwise
clearly requires, or has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase and/or. All
covenants, terms, definitions, or other provisions from other agreements incorporated by
reference are incorporated into this Agreement as if fully set forth herein, and such
incorporation shall include all necessary definitions and related provisions from such other
agreements but only amendments thereto agreed to by the Bank, and shall survive any
termination of such other agreements until the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan
Documents are irrevocably paid in full, all Letters of Credit have expired without renewal
or been returned to the Bank, and the Banks commitments to advance funds to the Borrower
are terminated.
ARTICLE II.
TERMS OF THE CREDIT FACILITIES
Part ATerms of Lending
Section 2.1. The Revolving Commitments. On the terms and subject to the conditions
hereof, the Bank agrees to make loans (the Revolving Loans) to the Borrower on a
revolving basis at any time and from time to time from the Effective Date to the Termination Date,
during which period the Borrower may borrow, repay, and reborrow in accordance with the provisions
hereof, provided, that no Revolving Loan will be made in any amount that, after giving effect
thereto, would cause the Total Revolving Outstandings to exceed the Revolving Commitment Amount.
Revolving Loans may be obtained and maintained, at the election of the Borrower but subject to the
limitations hereof, as Prime Rate Loans or LIBOR Rate Loans.
Section 2.2. Procedure for Revolving Loans. Any request by the Borrower for a
Revolving Loan shall be in writing or by telephone and shall be received by the Bank not later than
9:00 A.M. (Pacific time) two Banking Days prior to the requested Revolving Loan Date if the
Revolving Loan (or any portion thereof) is requested as a LIBOR Rate Loan and not later than
12:00 P.M. (Pacific time) on the requested Revolving Loan Date if the Revolving Loan is requested
as a Prime Rate Loan. Each request for a Revolving Loan hereunder shall be irrevocable and shall
be deemed a representation by the Borrower that on the requested Revolving Loan Date and after
giving effect to the requested Revolving Loan the applicable conditions specified in Article III
have been and will be satisfied. Each request for a Revolving Loan hereunder shall specify (i) the
requested Revolving Loan Date, (ii) the amount of the Revolving Loan to be made on such date,
(iii) whether such Revolving Loan is to be funded as a Prime Rate Loan or a LIBOR Rate Loan (and,
if such Revolving Loan is to be made with more than one applicable interest rate choice, the amount
to which each interest rate choice is applicable), and (iv) in the case of a LIBOR Rate Loan, the
duration of the initial Loan Period
10
applicable thereto. The Bank may rely on any telephone request
by the Borrower for a Revolving Loan hereunder that it believes in good faith to be genuine, and
the Borrower hereby waives the right to dispute the Banks record of the terms of such telephone
request. Unless the Bank determines that any applicable condition specified in Article III has not
been satisfied, the Bank will make available to the Borrower at the Banks principal office in
Newport Beach, California in Immediately Available Funds not later than 3:00 P.M. (Pacific time) on
the requested Revolving Loan Date the amount of the requested Revolving Loan.
Section 2.3. The Revolving Note. The Advances shall be evidenced by a single
Revolving Note payable to the order of the Bank in a principal amount equal to the Revolving
Commitment Amount. The Bank shall enter in its ledgers and records the amount of each Revolving
Loan, including any conversion or continuation thereof, and the payments made thereon, and the
Borrower authorizes the Bank to enter on a schedule attached to the Revolving Note a record of such
Revolving Loans, Advances, and payments; provided, however that any failure by the Bank to make any
such entry or any error in making such entry shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of
the Borrower hereunder and on the Revolving Note, and, in all events, the principal amounts owing
by the Borrower in respect of the Revolving Note shall be the aggregate amount of all Revolving
Loans made by the Bank less all payments of principal thereof made by the Borrower.
Section 2.4. Interest Rates; Conversions and Continuations; Etc.
(a) Interest Rate Options. Interest on each Advance shall accrue at one of the
following per annum rates selected by the Borrower: (i) upon notice to the Bank, the
Applicable Margin plus the prime rate announced by the Bank from time to time (the
Prime Rate), as and when such rate changes (a Prime Rate Loan); or
(ii) upon a minimum of two Banking Days prior notice, the Applicable Margin plus the 1, 3,
6, or 12 month LIBOR rate quoted by the Bank from Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page or any
successor thereto (which shall be the LIBOR rate in effect two Banking Days prior to
commencement of the advance), adjusted for any reserve requirement and any subsequent costs
arising from a change in government regulation (a LIBOR Rate Loan), provided,
however, that no Advance may be converted into or continued as a LIBOR Rate Loan if after
giving effect to such conversion or continuation there would be more than 5 LIBOR Rate Loans
outstanding.
(b) Conversions and Continuations. In the event the Borrower does not timely
select another interest rate option at least two Banking Days before the end of the Loan
Period for a LIBOR Rate Loan, the Bank may at any time after the end of the Loan Period
convert such LIBOR Rate Loan to a Prime Rate Loan, but until such conversion, the funds
advanced under the LIBOR Rate Loan shall continue to accrue interest at the same rate as the
interest rate in effect for such LIBOR Rate Loan prior to the end of the Loan Period. The
term Loan Period means the period commencing on the advance date of the applicable LIBOR
Rate Loan and ending on the numerically corresponding day 1, 3, 6, or 12 months thereafter
matching the interest rate term selected by the Borrower; provided, that (a) if any Loan
Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Banking Day, then the Loan Period shall
end on the next succeeding Banking Day unless the next succeeding Banking Day falls in
another calendar month, in which case
11
the Loan Period shall end on the immediately preceding
Banking Day; or (b) if any Loan Period begins on the last Banking Day of a calendar month
(or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at
the end of the Loan Period), then the Loan Period shall end on the last Banking Day of the
calendar month at the end of such Loan Period.
(c) Limitations on LIBOR Rate Loans. No LIBOR Rate Loan may extend beyond the
Termination Date. In any event, if the Loan Period for a LIBOR Rate Loan extends beyond the
Termination Date, such LIBOR Rate Loan must be prepaid on the Termination Date.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Banks internal records of applicable interest
rates shall be determinative absent manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary, each LIBOR Rate Loan shall be in a minimum principal amount of $500,000.
(d) Prepayment of LIBOR Rate Loans. If a LIBOR Rate Loan is prepaid prior to
the end of the Loan Period for such Revolving Loan, whether voluntarily or because
prepayment is required due to the relevant Revolving Loan maturing, acceleration of the
relevant Revolving Loan upon an Event of Default, or otherwise, the Borrower shall pay all
of the Banks costs, expenses, and Interest Differential (as determined by the Bank)
incurred as a result of such prepayment. The term Interest Differential means the greater
of zero and the financial loss incurred by the Bank resulting from prepayment, calculated as
the difference between the amount of interest the Bank would have earned (from like
investments in the Money Markets as of the first day of the LIBOR Rate Loan) had prepayment
not occurred and the interest the Bank will actually earn (from like investments in the
Money Markets as of the date of prepayment) as a result of the redeployment of funds from
the prepayment. Because of the short-term nature of the Revolving Loan facilities, the
Borrower agrees that the Interest Differential shall not be discounted to its present value.
Any prepayment of a LIBOR Rate Loan shall be in an
amount equal to the remaining entire principal balance of such Revolving Loan. The
term Money Markets refers to one or more wholesale funding markets available to and
selected by the Bank, including negotiable certificates of deposit, commercial paper,
Eurodollar deposits, bank notes, federal funds, interest rate and swaps, or others.
(e) Interest Upon Event of Default. Upon any Event of Default, each Advance
shall, at the option of the Bank (or, in the case of an Event of Default under
Sections 7.1(e), (f), or (g), automatically upon such Event of Default), bear interest until
paid in full at the rate otherwise applicable thereto plus 5.0% per annum. Further,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, upon any Event of Default, at
the Banks option (or, in the case of an Event of Default under Sections 7.1(e), (f), or
(g), automatically upon such Event of Default), no Advance may be made, converted, or
continued as a LIBOR Rate Loan.
Section 2.5. Payment of Interest and Principal of Revolving Loans.
(a) Interest shall be payable (i) with respect to each LIBOR Rate Loan and Prime Rate
Loan, on the last day of each month, and (ii) with respect to all Advances, on
12
the
Termination Date; provided that interest under Section 2.4(e) shall be payable on demand.
(b) Principal on the Revolving Loans is payable on the Termination Date.
(c) The Bank is hereby authorized by the Borrower to charge on any day the depository
accounts of the Borrower maintained with the Bank for any amount of accrued and unpaid
interest or principal which is due and owing, unless such amount is being disputed in good
faith in writing by the Borrower.
Section 2.6. Optional Prepayments. The Borrower may prepay Prime Rate Advances, in
whole or in part, at any time, without premium or penalty. Each partial prepayment shall be in a
minimum amount of $500,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Borrower may prepay LIBOR Rate
Loans only if it pays any indemnities payable with respect to such Revolving Loans pursuant to
Section 2.4(d). Amounts paid (unless following an acceleration or upon termination of the
Revolving Commitment in whole) or prepaid on Advances under this section may be reborrowed upon the
terms and subject to the conditions and limitations of this Agreement.
Part BTerms of the Letter of Credit Facility
Section 2.7. Letters of Credit. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement, the Bank agrees to issue commercial and standby Letters of Credit for the account of the
Borrower from time to time between the Effective Date and the Termination Date in such amounts as
the Borrower requests up to an aggregate amount at any time outstanding not exceeding the Revolving
Commitment Amount; provided that no Letter of Credit will be issued in any amount that, after
giving effect to such issuance, would cause (a) the Total Revolving Outstandings to exceed the
Revolving Commitment Amount or (b) the Letter of Credit Outstandings with respect to standby
Letters of Credit to exceed the Standby Letter of Credit Sublimit.
Section 2.8. Procedures for Letters of Credit. The Borrower shall make each request
for a Letter of Credit in writing by facsimile transmission, or electronic conveyance received by
the Bank by 12:00 P.M. (Pacific time) on a Banking Day that is not less than three Banking Days
before the requested date of issuance (which shall also be a Banking Day). Each request for a
Letter of Credit shall be deemed a representation by the Borrower that on the date of issuance of
such Letter of Credit and after giving effect thereto the applicable conditions specified in
Article III have been and will be satisfied. The Bank may require that such request be made on
such letter of credit application and reimbursement agreement form as the Bank from time to time
specifies, along with satisfactory evidence of the authority and incumbency of the officials of the
Borrower making such request.
Section 2.9. Terms of Letters of Credit. Letters of Credit shall be issued in support
of obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, contingent or otherwise, and to finance the
working capital and business needs of the Borrower or any Subsidiary. All Letters of Credit must
expire not later than the Banking Day preceding the Revolving Commitment Ending Date. No standby
Letter of Credit may have a term longer than 12 months.
13
Section 2.10. Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings. If the Bank has received
documents purporting to draw under a Letter of Credit that the Bank believes conform to the
requirements of such Letter of Credit, or if the Bank has decided that it will comply with the
Borrowers written or oral request or authorization to pay a drawing on any Letter of Credit that
the Bank does not believe conforms to the requirements of the Letter of Credit, it will notify the
Borrower of that fact. The Borrower shall reimburse the Bank by 10:00 A.M. (Pacific time) on the
day on which such drawing is to be paid in Immediately Available Funds in an amount equal to the
amount of such drawing. Any amount by which the Borrower has failed to reimburse the Bank for the
full amount of such drawing by 10:00 A.M. (Pacific time) on the date on which the Bank in its
notice indicated that it would pay such drawing, until reimbursed by the Borrower from the proceeds
of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 2.13 or out of funds available in the Holding Account, is an
Unpaid Drawing. Unpaid Drawings shall bear interest at a rate equal to the sum of (a) the
Applicable Margin for Prime Rate Loans plus (b) the Prime Rate plus (c) 5.0% per annum. Such
interest shall be payable on demand.
Section 2.11. Obligations Absolute. The Borrowers obligation under Section 2.10 to
repay the Bank for any amount drawn on any Letter of Credit and for any Revolving Loans made under
Section 2.13 to cover Unpaid Drawings shall be absolute, unconditional, and irrevocable, shall
continue so long as any Letter
of Credit is outstanding notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, and shall be paid
strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under all circumstances whatsoever,
including without limitation the following circumstances:
(a) Any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit;
(b) The existence of any claim, setoff, defense, or other right that the Borrower has
or claims at any time against any beneficiary, transferee, or holder of any Letter of Credit
(or any Person for whom any such beneficiary, transferee, or holder is acting), the Bank, or
any other Person, whether in connection with a Letter of Credit, this Agreement, the
transactions contemplated hereby, or any unrelated transaction; or
(c) Any statement or any other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to
be forged, fraudulent, invalid, or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein
being untrue or inaccurate in any respect whatsoever.
Neither the Bank nor its officers, directors, or employees shall be liable or responsible for, and
the obligations of the Borrower to the Bank shall not be impaired by:
(w) The use made of any Letter of Credit or any acts or omissions of any beneficiary,
transferee, or holder thereof in connection therewith;
(x) The validity, sufficiency, or genuineness of documents, or of any endorsements
thereon, even if such documents or endorsements in fact prove to be in any or all respects
invalid, insufficient, fraudulent, or forged;
(y) The Banks acceptance of documents that appear on their face to be in order,
without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to
the contrary; or
14
(z) Any other action of the Bank in making or failing to make payment under any Letter
of Credit if in good faith and in conformity with U.S. or foreign laws, regulations, or
customs applicable thereto.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall have a claim against the Bank, and the Bank shall
be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to
consequential, damages suffered by the Borrower that the Borrower proves were caused by the Banks
willful misconduct or gross negligence in determining whether documents presented under any Letter
of Credit comply with the terms thereof.
Section 2.12. Outstanding Letters of Credit Following Event of Default. Upon a
Default or Event of Default, the Borrower shall either (a) replace all outstanding Letters of
Credit with letters of credit issued by another issuer acceptable to the respective beneficiaries
of such Letters of Credit (whereupon such Letters of Credit shall be canceled), or (b) provide the
Bank, as security for all outstanding Letters of Credit, with a cash collateral deposit in an
amount that equals at least 110% of the Letter of Credit Outstandings at all times during the
continuance of such Default or Event of Default. The Borrower hereby
grants to the Bank a security interest in such cash collateral to secure all Obligations. The
Bank will apply such cash collateral to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit
and customary costs and expenses charged or incurred by the Bank in connection therewith, and apply
the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit have expired or been fully drawn upon,
if any, to repay other Obligations. After all such Letters of Credit have expired or been fully
drawn upon, all Obligations have been paid in full in cash, and the Banks obligations hereunder
have terminated, the balance, if any, of such cash collateral shall be returned to the Borrower.
The Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Bank such further documents and instruments as the
Bank requests to evidence the creation and perfection of the security interest in such cash
collateral account.
Part CGeneral
Section 2.13. Revolving Loans to Cover Unpaid Drawings. Whenever any Unpaid Drawing
exists and there are not then funds in the Holding Account to cover the same, the Bank is
authorized (and the Borrower does here so authorize the Bank) to, and shall, make a Revolving Loan
(as a Prime Rate Loan) to the Borrower in an amount equal to the amount of the Unpaid Drawing. The
Bank shall apply the proceeds of such Revolving Loan directly to reimburse itself for such Unpaid
Drawing. If at the time the Bank makes a Revolving Loan pursuant to this section, the
applicable
conditions precedent specified in Article III have not been satisfied, the Borrower shall pay to
the Bank interest on the funds so advanced at a floating rate per annum equal to the sum of (a) the
Applicable Margin for Prime Rate Loans plus (b) the Prime Rate plus (c) 5.0% per annum.
Section 2.14. Facility Fees and Letter of Credit Fees. Upon the Effective Date, the
Borrower shall pay to the Bank a one-time facility fee in the amount of $2,500. For each Letter of
Credit issued, the Borrower shall pay to the Bank a fee (a Letter of Credit Fee) equal to
(a) in the case of each standby Letter of Credit, at all times such Letter of Credit is
outstanding, an amount determined by multiplying the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Rate Loans by the
original face amount of each such Letter of Credit determined on a per annum basis, payable on the
date such Letter of Credit is issued, and (b) in the case of commercial Letters of Credit, the
15
Banks standard fees as set forth on the Banks Commercial Letter of Credit Fee Schedule, as
updated from time to time. In addition to the Letter of Credit Fees, the Borrower shall pay to the
Bank, on demand, all issuance, amendment, drawing, and other fees regularly charged by the Bank to
its letter of credit customers and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses the Bank incurs in
connection with the issuance, amendment, administration, or payment of any Letter of Credit.
Section 2.15. Computation. Letter of Credit Fees and interest on Obligations shall be
computed on the basis of actual days elapsed (or, in the case of Letter of Credit Fees that are
paid in advance, actual days to elapse) and a year of 360 days.
Section 2.16. Payments. Payments and prepayments of principal of, and interest on, the Revolving Note and all fees,
expenses, and other obligations under this Agreement payable to the Bank shall be made without
setoff or counterclaim in Immediately Available Funds not later than 1:00 P.M. (Pacific time) on
the dates called for under the Loan Documents to the Bank at its main office in Newport Beach,
California. Funds received after such time shall be deemed to have been received on the next
Banking Day. Whenever any payment to be made under the Loan Documents is stated to be due on a day
that is not a Banking Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Banking Day, and such
extension of time, in the case of a payment of principal, shall be included in the computation of
any interest on such principal payment; provided, however, that if such extension would cause
payment of interest on or principal of a LIBOR Rate Loan to be made in the next following calendar
month, such payment shall be made on the next preceding Banking Day.
Section 2.17. Revolving Commitment Ending Date. The Revolving Commitment Ending
Date is October 31, 2011.
Section 2.18. Use of Revolving Loan Proceeds. The Revolving Loans shall be used to
(a) provide financing for the Borrowers general corporate purposes, (b) support the issuance of
commercial and standby Letters of Credit, and (c) provide temporary bridge financing for certain
Permitted Acquisitions, in each case in a manner not in conflict with any of the Borrowers
covenants in this Agreement.
Section 2.19. Taxes.
(a) Any and all payments by the Borrower under the Loan Documents shall be made free
and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts,
deductions, charges, or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto,
excluding, in the case of the Bank, taxes imposed on its overall net income and
franchise taxes imposed on it in lieu of net income taxes (all such non-excluded taxes,
levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings, and liabilities in respect of payments
under the Loan Documents being hereinafter referred to as Taxes).
(b) The Borrower agrees to pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any
other excise or property taxes, charges, or similar levies that arise from any payment made
under the Loan Documents or from the execution, delivery, or registration of, performing
under, or otherwise with respect to the Loan Documents (hereinafter referred to as
Other Taxes).
16
(c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Bank for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes
imposed on or paid by the Bank and any penalties, interest, and expenses with respect
thereto. Payments on this indemnification shall be made within 30 days from the date the
Bank makes written demand therefor.
(d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment of Taxes, the Borrower shall furnish
to the Bank, at its address referred to on the signature page hereof, a certified copy of a
receipt evidencing payment thereof. In the case of any payment under the Loan Documents by
or on behalf of the Borrower through an account or branch outside the United States or by or
on behalf of the Borrower by a payor that is not a United States person, if the Borrower
determines that no Taxes are payable in respect thereof, the Borrower shall furnish or shall
cause such payor to furnish to the Bank at such address an opinion of counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Bank stating that such payment is exempt from Taxes. For purposes of this
subsection (d), the terms United States and United States person have the meanings
specified in § 7701 of the Code.
(e) If the Borrower is required by law or regulation to make any deduction,
withholding, or backup withholding of any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, liabilities,
or similar charges of the United States of America, any possession or territory of the
United States of America (including the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico), or any area subject to
the jurisdiction of the United States of America (U.S. Taxes) from any payments to
the Bank pursuant to any Loan Document in respect of the Obligations payable to the Bank
then or thereafter outstanding, the Borrower shall make such withholdings or deductions and
pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other
authority in accordance with applicable law.
ARTICLE III.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
Section 3.1. Conditions of Initial Transaction. The making of the initial Revolving
Loan and the issuance of the initial Letter of Credit shall be subject to the prior or simultaneous
fulfillment of the following conditions:
(a) Documents. The Bank shall have received the following:
(i) The Revolving Note executed by a duly authorized officer (or officers) of
the Borrower and dated the Effective Date.
(ii) A certificate of a Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Borrower dated
of as the Effective Date and certifying as to the following:
|
(A) |
|
A copy of the Borrowers
corporate resolutions authorizing the execution, delivery, and
performance of the Loan Documents; |
|
|
(B) |
|
The incumbency, names, titles,
and signatures of the Borrowers officers authorized to execute
the Loan Documents and to request Letters of Credit, Revolving |
17
|
|
|
Loans, and conversions and continuations of Advances hereunder; |
|
(C) |
|
A true and accurate copy of the
Borrowers Restated Certificate of Incorporation and all
amendments thereto; and |
|
|
(D) |
|
A true and accurate copy of the
Borrowers Amended and Restated Bylaws. |
(iii) A copy of the Borrowers Restated Certificate of Incorporation with all
amendments thereto, certified by the appropriate governmental official of the State
of Delaware as of a date not more than 30 days prior to the Effective Date.
(iv) Certificates of good standing for the Borrower in the States of Delaware
and California certified by the appropriate governmental officials as of a date not
more than 30 days prior to the Effective Date.
(v) A certificate dated the Effective Date of the chief executive officer or
chief financial officer of the Borrower certifying as to the matters set forth in
Sections 3.2(a) and (b) below.
(vi) ACORD 24 and 25 certificates of insurance with respect to each of the
businesses and real properties of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
such amounts and with such carriers as are reasonably acceptable to the Bank.
(b) Opinion. The Borrower shall have requested Richard A. Firehammer, Jr., its
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, to prepare a written opinion,
addressed to the Bank and dated the Effective Date, covering the matters set forth in
Exhibit B, and such opinion shall have been delivered to the Bank.
(c) Compliance. The Borrower shall have performed and complied with all
agreements, terms, and conditions in this Agreement required to be performed or complied
with by the Borrower prior to or simultaneously with the Effective Date.
(d) Other Matters. All corporate and legal proceedings relating to the
Borrower and all instruments and agreements in connection with the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement shall be satisfactory in scope, form, and substance to the Bank and its
counsel, and the Bank shall have received all information and copies of all documents,
including records of corporate proceedings, as the Bank or its counsel reasonably has
requested in connection therewith, such documents where appropriate to be certified by
proper corporate or governmental authorities.
(e) Fees and Expenses. The Bank shall have received all fees and other amounts
due and payable by the Borrower on or prior to the Effective Date, including the facility
fee described in Section 2.14 and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Bank
payable pursuant to Section 8.2.
18
Any one or more of the conditions set forth above that the Borrower has not satisfied on or before
the date of disbursement of the initial Revolving Loan under this Agreement shall not be
deemed permanently waived by the Bank unless the Bank waives the same in a writing that expressly
states that the waiver is permanent, and in all cases in which the waiver is not stated to be
permanent the Bank may at any later time insist upon compliance and satisfaction of any such
condition as a condition to any subsequent Revolving Loan or Letter of Credit hereunder, and the
Borrowers failure to comply with any such condition within 5 Banking Days written notice from the
Bank to the Borrower shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement.
Section 3.2. Conditions Precedent to all Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit. The
Banks obligation to make any Revolving Loan hereunder (including the initial Revolving Loan) or to
issue any Letters of Credit (including the initial Letter of Credit) shall be subject to
fulfillment of the following conditions:
(a) Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties in
Article IV shall be true and correct on and as of the Effective Date and on the date of each
Revolving Loan and the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit with the same force and
effect as if made on such dates.
(b) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred on the
Effective Date and on the date of each Revolving Loan and the date of issuance of each
Letter of Credit or will exist after giving effect to each Revolving Loan made or Letter of
Credit issued on such dates.
(c) Notices and Requests. The Bank shall have received the Borrowers request
for such Revolving Loan as required under Section 2.2 or its application for such Letter of
Credit specified under Section 2.8.
ARTICLE IV.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
To induce the Bank to enter into this Agreement, to make Revolving Loans, and to issue Letters
of Credit, the Borrower represents and warrants to the Bank:
Section 4.1. Organization, Standing, Etc. The Borrower is a corporation duly
incorporated, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and
has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this
Agreement, to issue the Revolving Note, and to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.
Each Restricted Subsidiary is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws
of the jurisdiction of its organization and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its
business as now conducted. Each of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) holds all
certificates of authority, licenses, and permits necessary to carry on its business as presently
conducted in each jurisdiction in which it is carrying on such business, except where the failure
to hold such certificates, licenses, or permits could not constitute a Material Adverse Occurrence
and (b) is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign corporation (or other organization) in
each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties it owns, leases, or operates or the
business it conducts makes such qualification necessary and the failure so to
19
qualify could permanently
preclude the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from enforcing its rights with respect to
any assets or expose the Borrower to any Material Adverse Occurrence.
Section 4.2. Authorization and Validity. The execution, delivery, and performance by
the Borrower of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action by
the Borrower. This Agreement constitutes, and the Revolving Note when executed will constitute,
the legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in
accordance with its terms, subject to limitations as to enforceability that might result from
bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, and other similar laws affecting creditors rights generally
and subject to limitations on the availability of equitable remedies.
Section 4.3. No Conflict; No Default. The Borrowers execution, delivery, and
performance of the Loan Documents will not (a) violate any provision of any law, statute, rule, or
regulation or any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination, or award of any court,
governmental agency, or arbitrator presently in effect applying to the Borrower, (b) violate or
contravene any provision of the Borrowers Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and
Restated Bylaws, or (c) result in a breach of or constitute a default under any indenture, loan or
credit agreement, or other agreement, lease, or instrument to which the Borrower is a party or by
which it or any of its properties may be bound or result in the creation of any Lien thereunder.
Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary is in default under or in violation of any such
law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination, or award
or any such indenture, loan or credit agreement, or other agreement, lease, or instrument in any
case in which the consequences of such default or violation could constitute a Material Adverse
Occurrence.
Section 4.4. Government Consent. No order, consent, approval, license, authorization,
or validation of, filing, recording, or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or
public body or authority is required on the Borrowers part to authorize, or is required in
connection with, the execution, delivery, and performance of, or the legality, validity, binding
effect, or enforceability of, the Loan Documents.
Section 4.5. Financial Statements and Condition. The Borrowers audited consolidated
financial statements as at December 31, 2008, and its unaudited financial statements as at
September 30, 2009, as heretofore furnished to the Bank, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP
on a consistent basis (except for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit
adjustments as to the interim statements) and fairly present the financial condition of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such dates and the results of their operations and changes in
financial position for the respective periods then ended. As of the dates of such financial
statements, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary had any material obligation, contingent
liability, liability for taxes, or long-term lease obligation that is not reflected in such
financial statements or in the notes thereto. Since September 30, 2009, there has been no Material
Adverse Occurrence.
Section 4.6. Litigation. Other than as set forth in the Borrowers financial
statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.5, there are no actions, suits, or proceedings pending
or, to the Borrowers knowledge, threatened against or affecting the Borrower, any Subsidiary, or
any of their properties before any court or arbitrator or any governmental department, board,
agency, or
20
other instrumentality that, if determined adversely to the Borrower or any Subsidiary,
could constitute a Material Adverse Occurrence, and there are no unsatisfied judgments against the
Borrower or any Subsidiary the satisfaction or payment of which could constitute a Material Adverse
Occurrence.
Section 4.7. Environmental, Health and Safety Laws. There exists no violation by the
Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any applicable federal, state, or local law, rule or
regulation, or order of any government, governmental department, board, agency, or
other
instrumentality relating to environmental, pollution, health, or safety matters that has imposed,
will impose, or threatens to impose a material liability on the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary
or that has required or would require a material expenditure by the Borrower or a Restricted
Subsidiary to cure. Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary has received any notice to
the effect that any part of its operations or properties is not in material compliance with any
such law, rule, regulation, or order or notice that it or its property is the subject of any
governmental investigation evaluating whether any remedial action is needed to respond to any
release of any toxic or hazardous waste or substance into the environment, which non-compliance or
remedial action could constitute a Material Adverse Occurrence. Except as set out on
Schedule 4.7, the Borrower has no knowledge that it, its property, any Restricted
Subsidiary, or any Restricted Subsidiarys property will become subject to environmental laws or
regulations during the term of this Agreement, compliance with which could require Capital
Expenditures that could constitute a Material Adverse Occurrence.
Section 4.8. ERISA. Each Plan is in substantial compliance with all applicable
requirements of ERISA and the Code and with all material applicable rulings and regulations issued
under the provisions of ERISA and the Code setting forth those requirements. No Reportable Event
has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Plan. All of the minimum funding standards
applicable to such Plans have been satisfied and there exists no event or condition that would
reasonably be expected to result in the institution of proceedings to terminate any Plan under
§ 4042 of ERISA. With respect to each Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, as of the most recent
valuation date for such Plan, the present value (determined on the basis of reasonable assumptions
employed by the independent actuary for such Plan and previously furnished in writing to the Bank)
of such Plans projected benefit obligations did not exceed the fair market value of such Plans
assets.
Section 4.9. Federal Reserve Regulations. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is
engaged principally or as one of its important activities in the business of extending credit for
the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board). The
value of all margin stock owned by the Borrower does not constitute more than 25% of the value of
the assets of the Borrower.
Section 4.10. Title to Property; Leases; Liens; Subordination. Each of the Borrower
and its Restricted Subsidiaries has (a) good and marketable title to its real properties and
(b) good and sufficient title to, or valid, subsisting, and enforceable leasehold interest in, its
other material properties, including all real properties and other properties and assets referred
to as owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the most recent financial
statement referred to in Section 5.1 (other than property disposed of since the date of such
financial statements in the ordinary course of business). None of such properties is subject to a
Lien, except as allowed
21
under Section 6.12. The Borrower has not subordinated any of its rights
under any obligation owing to it to the rights of any other person.
Section 4.11. Taxes. Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries has filed all federal,
state, and local tax returns required to be filed and has paid or made provision for the payment of
all taxes due and payable pursuant to such returns and pursuant to any assessments made against it
or any of its property and all other taxes, fees, and other charges imposed on it or any of its
property by any governmental authority (other than taxes, fees, or charges the amount or validity
of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to
which reserves in accordance with GAAP have been provided on the books of the Borrower). No tax
Liens have been filed and no material claims are being asserted with respect to any such taxes,
fees, or charges. The charges, accruals, and reserves on the books of the Borrower in respect of
taxes and other governmental charges are adequate, and the Borrower knows of no proposed material
tax assessment against it or any Subsidiary or any basis therefor.
Section 4.12. Trademarks; Patents. Each of the Borrower and the Restricted
Subsidiaries possesses or has the right to use all of the patents, trademarks, trade names, service
marks, and copyrights, and applications therefor, and all technology, know-how, processes, methods,
and designs used in or necessary for the conduct of its business, without known conflict with the
rights of others.
Section 4.13. Burdensome Restrictions. Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted
Subsidiary is a party to or otherwise bound by any indenture, loan or credit agreement, or lease or
other agreement or instrument or subject to any charter, corporate, or partnership restriction that
could constitute a Material Adverse Occurrence.
Section 4.14. Force Majeure. Since the date of the most recent financial statement
referred to in Section 5.1, the business, properties, and other assets of the Borrower and the
Restricted Subsidiaries have not been materially and adversely affected in any way as the result of
any fire or other casualty, strike, lockout, or other labor trouble, embargo, sabotage,
confiscation, condemnation, riot, civil disturbance, activity of armed forces, or act of God.
Section 4.15. Investment Company Act. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is an investment company or a company
controlled by an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended.
Section 4.16. Retirement Benefits. Except as required under § 4980B of the Code,
§ 601 of ERISA, or applicable state law, the Borrower is not obligated to provide post-retirement
medical or insurance benefits with respect to employees or former employees.
Section 4.17. Full Disclosure. Subject to the following sentence, neither the
financial statements referred to in Section 5.1 nor any other certificate, written statement,
exhibit, or report furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with or pursuant to this
Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading. Certificates or statements furnished by or on behalf
of the Borrower to the Bank consisting of projections or forecasts of future results or events have
been prepared in good faith and based on good faith estimates and assumptions of the management of
22
the Borrower, and the Borrower has no reason to believe that such projections or forecasts are not
reasonable.
Section 4.18. Subsidiaries. Schedule 4.18 sets forth as of the date of this
Agreement a list of all Subsidiaries, the number and percentage of the shares of each class of
Equity Interests owned beneficially or of record by the Borrower or any Subsidiary therein and the
jurisdiction of incorporation of each Subsidiary, and designates whether such Subsidiary is a
Restricted Subsidiary.
Section 4.19. Labor Matters. There are no pending or threatened strikes, lockouts, or
slowdowns against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary. Neither the Borrower nor any
Restricted Subsidiary has been or is in violation in any material respect of the Fair Labor
Standards Act or any other applicable federal, state, local, or foreign law dealing with such
matters. All payments due from the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on account of wages and
employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits (in each case, except for de minimis
amounts) have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Borrower or such Restricted
Subsidiary. The consummation of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents will not
give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any
collective bargaining agreement to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is bound.
Section 4.20. Solvency. As of the Effective Date and after the making of any
Revolving Loan and giving effect thereto, (a) the fair value of the assets of the Borrower will
exceed its debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent, or otherwise; (b) the present fair
saleable value of the property of the Borrower will be greater than the amount that will be
required to pay the probable liability of its debts and other liabilities, subordinated,
contingent, or otherwise, as such debts and other
liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) the Borrower will be able to pay its debts and
liabilities, subordinated, contingent, or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute
and matured; and (d) the Borrower will not have unreasonably small capital with which to conduct
the business in which it is engaged as such business is proposed to be conducted following the
Effective Date.
ARTICLE V.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Until any obligation of the Bank hereunder to make the Revolving Loans and to issue Letters of
Credit has expired or terminated, the Revolving Note and all of the other Obligations have been
paid in full, and all outstanding Letters of Credit have expired or the liability of the Bank
thereon has otherwise been discharged, unless the Bank otherwise consents in writing:
Section 5.1. Financial Statements and Reports. The Borrower will furnish to the Bank:
(a) As soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal
year of the Borrower, the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and the
Subsidiaries consisting of at least statements of income, cash flow, and changes in
stockholders equity, and a consolidated balance sheet as at the end of such year, setting
forth in each case in comparative form corresponding figures from the previous
23
annual audit,
certified without qualification by independent certified public accountants of recognized
national standing selected by the Borrower and acceptable to the Bank, together with any
management letters, management reports, or other supplementary comments or reports to the
Borrower or its board of directors furnished by such accountants.
(b) As soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end of each fiscal
quarter, unaudited consolidated statements of income, cash flow, and changes in
stockholders equity for the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such quarter and for the
period from the beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such quarter, and a consolidated
balance sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such quarter, setting forth in comparative
form figures for the corresponding period for the preceding fiscal year, accompanied by a
certificate signed by the chief financial officer of the Borrower stating that such
financial statements present fairly the financial condition of the Borrower and the
Subsidiaries and that the same have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for the
absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit adjustments as to the interim
statements).
(c) As soon as practicable and in any event within 60 days after the end of each fiscal
quarter, a Compliance Certificate in the form of Exhibit C signed by the chief
financial officer of the Borrower and demonstrating in reasonable detail compliance (or
noncompliance, as the case may be) with Sections 5.14, 6.14, 6.15, and 6.16 as at the end of
such quarter and stating that as at the end of such quarter there existed no Default or
Event of Default or, if a Default or Event of Default existed, specifying the nature and
period of existence thereof and what action the Borrower proposes to take with respect
thereto.
(d) As soon as practicable and in any event within 120 days after the beginning of each
fiscal year of the Borrower, statements of forecasted consolidated income for the Borrower
and the Subsidiaries on a quarterly basis in such fiscal year and a forecasted consolidated
balance sheet of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, together with supporting assumptions, as
at the end of each fiscal quarter, all in reasonable detail and reasonably satisfactory in
scope to the Bank.
(e) As soon as practicable and in any event within 30 days after the beginning of each
fiscal year of the Borrower ACORD 24 and 25 certificates of insurance with respect to each
of the businesses and real properties of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
such amounts and with such carriers as are reasonably acceptable to the Bank.
(f) Immediately upon any officer of the Borrower becoming aware of any Default or Event
of Default, a notice describing the nature thereof and what action the Borrower proposes to
take with respect thereto.
(g) Immediately upon any officer of the Borrower becoming aware of the occurrence, with
respect to any Plan, of any Reportable Event or any Prohibited Transaction, a notice
specifying the nature thereof and what action the Borrower
24
proposes to take with respect
thereto, and, when received, copies of any notice from PBGC of intention to terminate or
have a trustee appointed for any Plan.
(h) Immediately upon any officer of the Borrower becoming aware of any matter that has
resulted or could result in a Material Adverse Occurrence, a notice from the Borrower
describing the nature thereof and what action Borrower proposes to take with respect
thereto.
(i) Immediately upon any officer of the Borrower becoming aware of (i) the commencement
of any action, suit, investigation, proceeding, or arbitration before any court or
arbitrator or any governmental department, board, agency, or other instrumentality affecting
the Borrower, any Subsidiary, or any property of such Person, or to which the Borrower or
any Subsidiary is a party (other than litigation where insurance insures against the damages
claimed and the insurer has assumed defense of the litigation without reservation), in each
case in which an adverse determination or result could individually or in the aggregate
constitute a Material Adverse Occurrence; or (ii) any adverse ruling that occurs in any
litigation, arbitration, or governmental investigation or proceeding previously disclosed by
the Borrower or any Subsidiary that, if determined adversely to the Borrower or a
Subsidiary, could constitute a Material Adverse Occurrence, a notice from the Borrower
describing the nature and status thereof and what action the Borrower proposes to take with
respect thereto, to the extent such notice does not violate any confidentiality agreement,
order of the court or breach any attorney-client privileged communication provided that the
Borrower or such Subsidiary has undertaken good faith efforts to obtain consent to
disclosure under such
confidentiality agreement or court order and to prepare a disclosure which would not
breach attorney-client privileged communication.
(j) Promptly upon the mailing or filing thereof, copies of all financial statements,
reports, and proxy statements mailed to the Borrowers shareholders, and copies of all
registration statements, periodic reports, and other documents filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (or any successor thereto) or any national securities exchange.
(k) From time to time, such other information regarding the business, operation, and
financial condition of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as the Bank reasonably requests.
Section 5.2. Existence. The Borrower shall maintain, and cause each Restricted
Subsidiary to maintain, its corporate existence in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction
of organization and its qualification to transact business in each jurisdiction where failure so to
qualify would permanently preclude the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from enforcing its
rights with respect to any material asset or would expose the Borrower or such Restricted
Subsidiary to any material liability; provided, however, that nothing herein shall prohibit the
merger or liquidation of any Subsidiary allowed under Section 6.1.
Section 5.3. Insurance. The Borrower shall maintain, and cause each Restricted
Subsidiary to maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies such insurance
25
as
is required by law and such other insurance in such amounts and against such hazards as is
reasonably customary in the case of reputable firms engaged in the same or similar business and
similarly situated.
Section 5.4. Payment of Taxes and Claims. The Borrower shall file, and cause each
Subsidiary to file, all tax returns and reports required by law to be filed by it and shall pay,
and cause each Subsidiary to pay, before they become delinquent all taxes, assessments, and
governmental charges and levies imposed upon it or its property and all claims or demands of any
kind (including but not limited to those of suppliers, mechanics, carriers, warehouses, landlords,
and other like Persons) that, if unpaid, might result in the creation of a Lien upon its property;
provided that the foregoing items need not be paid if they are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings, as long as the Borrowers or such Subsidiarys title to its property is
not materially adversely affected, its use of such property in the ordinary course of its business
is not materially interfered with, and adequate reserves with respect thereto have been set aside
on its books in accordance with GAAP.
Section 5.5. Inspection. The Borrower shall permit any Person designated by the Bank
to visit and inspect any of the properties, books, and financial records of the Borrower and the
Subsidiaries, to examine
and to make copies of the books of accounts and other financial records of the Borrower and
the Subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances, and accounts of the Borrower and the
Subsidiaries with, and to be advised as to the same by, its officers at such reasonable times and
intervals as the Bank designates.
Section 5.6. Maintenance of Properties. The Borrower shall maintain, and cause each
Restricted Subsidiary to maintain, its properties used or useful in the conduct of its business in
good condition, repair, and working order, and supplied with all necessary equipment, and make all
necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments, and improvements thereto, all as reasonably
necessary for the business carried on in connection therewith to be properly and advantageously
conducted at all times.
Section 5.7. Books and Records. The Borrower shall keep, and cause each Subsidiary to
keep, adequate and proper records and books of account in which full and correct entries will be
made of its dealings, business, and affairs.
Section 5.8. Compliance. The Borrower shall comply, and cause each Restricted
Subsidiary to comply, in all material respects with all laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs,
judgments, injunctions, decrees, or awards to which it may be subject; provided, however, that
failure so to comply shall not be a breach of this covenant if such failure could not constitute a
Material Adverse Occurrence and the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is acting in good faith
and with reasonable dispatch to cure such noncompliance.
Section 5.9. ERISA. The Borrower shall maintain, and cause each Subsidiary to
maintain, each Plan in compliance with all material applicable requirements of ERISA and of the
Code and with all applicable rulings and regulations issued under the provisions of ERISA and of
the Code and shall not, and shall not permit any of the ERISA Affiliates to, (a) engage in any
transaction in connection with which the Borrower or any of the ERISA Affiliates would be subject
to either a civil penalty assessed pursuant to § 502(i) of ERISA or a tax imposed by
26
§ 4975 of the
Code, in either case in an amount exceeding $50,000, (b) fail to make full payment when due of all
amounts that, under the provisions of any Plan, the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is required to
pay as contributions thereto, or permit to exist any accumulated funding deficiency (as defined in
§ 302 of ERISA and § 412 of the Code), whether or not waived, with respect to any Plan in an
aggregate amount exceeding $50,000, or (c) fail to make any payments in an aggregate amount
exceeding $50,000 to any Multiemployer Plan that the Borrower or any of the ERISA Affiliates is
required to make under any agreement relating to such Multiemployer Plan or any law pertaining
thereto.
Section 5.10. Environmental Matters; Reporting. The Borrower shall observe and comply with, and cause each Restricted Subsidiary to observe
and comply with, all laws, rules, regulations, and orders of any government or government agency
relating to health, safety, pollution, hazardous materials, or other environmental matters to the
extent non-compliance could result in a material liability or otherwise constitute a Material
Adverse Occurrence. The Borrower shall give the Bank prompt written notice of any violation as to
any environmental matter by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and of the commencement of
any judicial or administrative proceeding relating to health, safety, or environmental matters
(a) in which an adverse determination or result could result in the revocation of or have a
material adverse effect on any operating permits, air emission permits, water discharge permits,
hazardous waste permits, or other permits held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that
are material to the operations of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, or (b) that will or
threatens to impose a material liability on the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to any
Person or that will require a material expenditure by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to
cure any alleged problem or violation.
Section 5.11. Further Assurances. The Borrower shall promptly correct any defect or
error that is discovered in any Loan Document or in the execution, acknowledgment, or recordation
thereof. Promptly upon request by the Bank, the Borrower also shall, and shall cause each
Restricted Subsidiary to, do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file,
register, and re-register such deeds, conveyances, mortgages, deeds of trust, trust deeds,
assignments, estoppel certificates, financing statements and continuations thereof, notices of
assignment, transfers, certificates, assurances, and other instruments as the Bank reasonably
requires from time to time (a) to carry out more effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents;
and (b) to better assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect, and confirm unto the
Bank the rights granted now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Bank under any Loan Document
or under any other instrument executed in connection with any Loan Document or that the Borrower
may be or become bound to convey, mortgage, or assign to the Bank to carry out the intention or
facilitate the performance of the provisions of any Loan Document. The Borrower shall furnish to
the Bank evidence satisfactory to the Bank of every such recording, filing, or registration.
Section 5.12. Compliance with Terms of Material Contracts. The Borrower shall, and
shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, make all payments and otherwise perform all obligations
in respect of all material contracts to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party.
27
Section 5.13. Maintenance of Bank Accounts. The Borrower shall maintain its primary
United States borrowing, depository and treasury management relationships with the Bank.
Section 5.14. Additional Restricted Subsidiaries
In the event that upon (a) the delivery of a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.1(c)
or (b) the completion of any transaction involving the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,
including the formation or acquisition of any Subsidiary, the aggregate amount of
the consolidated assets or aggregate EBITDA of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries
existing as of the date for which such Compliance Certificate was prepared or upon giving effect to
such transaction was, respectively, either less than (i) 70% of the aggregate amount of the
consolidated assets of the Borrower and the Borrowers Subsidiaries or (ii) 70% of the aggregate
consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and the Borrowers Subsidiaries, then the Borrower shall,
within 30 days thereafter, designate one or more additional Subsidiaries as Restricted
Subsidiaries, and each such additional Restricted Subsidiary shall thereafter be a Restricted
Subsidiary for all purposes under this Agreement.
ARTICLE VI.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Until any obligation of the Bank hereunder to make the Revolving Loans and to issue Letters of
Credit has expired or terminated, the Revolving Note and all of the other Obligations have been
paid in full, and all outstanding Letters of Credit have expired or the liability of the Bank
thereon has otherwise been discharged, unless the Bank otherwise consents in writing:
Section 6.1. Merger. The Borrower shall not merge, consolidate, or enter into any
analogous reorganization or transaction with any Person or liquidate, wind up, or dissolve itself
(or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) nor permit any Restricted Subsidiary to do any of the
foregoing; provided, however, any Subsidiary may be merged with or liquidated into the Borrower or
any wholly-owned Subsidiary (if the Borrower or such wholly-owned Subsidiary is the surviving
corporation) and after giving effect to such transaction, the Borrower complies with Section 5.14.
Section 6.2. Disposition of Assets. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer, or
otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or a series of transactions) any property
(including accounts and notes receivable, with or without recourse) or enter into any agreement to
do any of the foregoing, except:
(a) dispositions of inventory or used, worn-out, or surplus equipment and other
equipment no longer useful in the business of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in
each case determined and disposed of in the ordinary course of business;
(b) the sale of equipment to the extent that such equipment is exchanged for credit
against the purchase price of similar replacement equipment, or the proceeds of
28
such sale
are applied with reasonable promptness to the purchase price of such replacement equipment;
and
(c) other dispositions of property during the term of this Agreement whose net book
value in the aggregate does not exceed 10% of the Borrowers total consolidated assets as
shown on its balance sheet for its most recent prior fiscal quarter.
Section 6.3. Plans. The Borrower shall not permit, and shall not allow any Subsidiary
to permit, any event to occur or condition to exist that would permit any Plan to terminate under
any circumstances that would cause the Lien provided for in § 4068 of ERISA to attach to any assets
of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and the Borrower shall not permit, as of the most recent
valuation date for any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, the present value (determined on the
basis of reasonable assumptions employed by the independent actuary for such Plan and previously
furnished in writing to the Bank) of such Plans projected benefit obligations to exceed the fair
market value of such Plans assets.
Section 6.4. Change in Nature of Business. The Borrower shall not, and shall not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any material change in the nature of the business of the
Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as carried on at the date hereof.
Section 6.5. Negative Pledges; Subsidiary Restrictions. The Borrower shall not, and
shall not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any agreement, bond, note, or other instrument with
or for the benefit of any Person other than the Bank that would (a) except in connection with Liens
permitted under Section 6.12, prohibit the Borrower or such Subsidiary from granting, or otherwise
limit the ability of the Borrower or such Subsidiary to grant, to the Bank any Lien on any assets
or properties of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, or (b) require the Borrower or such Subsidiary to
grant a Lien to any other Person if the Borrower or such Subsidiary grants any Lien to the Bank.
The Borrower shall not permit any Subsidiary to place or allow any restriction, directly or
indirectly, on the ability of such Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or any distributions on or with
respect to such Subsidiarys capital stock or (b) make loans or other cash payments to the
Borrower.
Section 6.6. Restricted Payments. The Borrower shall not make any Restricted Payment
if a Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or a Default or Event of Default
would exist after giving effect to the making of any such Restricted Payment immediately or by
reference to pro forma compliance with under the most recent Compliance Certificate delivered by
the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.1(c).
Section 6.7. Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower shall not, and shall permit
any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any transaction with any Affiliate of the Borrower, except
upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable than the Borrower, or such Restricted Subsidiary,
would obtain in a comparable arms-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate.
Section 6.8. Accounting Changes. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, make any significant change
in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP, or change its fiscal
year or the fiscal year of any Subsidiary.
29
Section 6.9. Subordinated Debt. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, (a) make any scheduled payment of the principal of or interest on any
Subordinated Debt that would be prohibited by the terms of such Subordinated Debt and any related
subordination agreement; (b) directly or indirectly make any prepayment on or purchase, redeem, or
defease any Subordinated Debt or offer to do so (whether such prepayment, purchase or redemption,
or offer with respect thereto is voluntary or mandatory); (c) amend or cancel the subordination
provisions applicable to any Subordinated Debt; (d) take or omit to take any action if as a result
of such action or omission the subordination of such Subordinated Debt, or any part thereof, to the
Obligations might be terminated, impaired, or adversely affected; or (e) omit to give the Bank
prompt notice of any notice received from any holder of Subordinated Debt, or any trustee therefor,
or of any default under any agreement or instrument relating to any Subordinated Debt by reason
whereof such Subordinated Debt might become or be declared to be due or payable.
Section 6.10. Investments. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, acquire for value, make, have, or hold any Investments, except:
(a) Investments existing on the date of this Agreement identified on
Schedule 6.10.
(b) Investments in Subsidiaries after the date of this Agreement, whether through the
formation or acquisition of such Subsidiaries, as long as the Borrower has complied with
Section 5.14, no Default or Event of Default then exists or would occur as a result of any
such Investment, and if any such Investment occurs through an Acquisition, such Acquisition
is a Permitted Acquisition.
(c) Investments in joint ventures, provided that no Default or Event of Default then
exists or would occur as a result of any such Investment.
(d) Travel advances to management personnel and employees in the ordinary course of
business.
(e) Investments in readily marketable direct obligations issued or guaranteed by the
United States or any agency thereof and supported by the full faith and credit of the United
States.
(f) Certificates of deposit or bankers acceptances issued by any commercial bank
organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof that has (i) combined
capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000,000, and (ii) a credit rating with respect to its
unsecured indebtedness from a nationally recognized rating service that is reasonably
satisfactory to the Bank.
(g) Commercial paper given the highest rating by a nationally recognized rating
service.
(h) Repurchase agreements relating to securities issued or guaranteed as to principal
and interest by the United States of America with a term of not more than 7 days;
provided all such agreements shall require physical delivery of the securities
30
securing such repurchase agreement, except those delivered through the Federal Reserve Book
Entry System.
(i) Other readily marketable Investments in debt securities that are reasonably
acceptable to the Bank.
(j) Any Investment that constitutes a Permitted Acquisition.
(k) Any Investment arising under a Rate Protection Agreement or Foreign Currency
Hedging Agreement permitted under Section 6.19.
(l) Other Investments if the aggregate consideration therefor does not exceed
$11,500,000, provided that no Default or Event of Default then exists or would occur as a
result of any such Investment.
Any Investments under clauses (e), (f), (g), or (h) above must mature within one year of the
acquisition thereof by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary.
Section 6.11. Indebtedness. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, incur, create, issue, assume, or suffer to exist any Indebtedness,
except:
(a) The Obligations.
(b) Current Liabilities, other than for borrowed money, incurred in the ordinary course
of business.
(c) Indebtedness existing on the date of this Agreement and disclosed on
Schedule 6.11, including any extension or refinancing thereof as long as the
interest rates and other financing charges and fees and the principal amount thereof are not
increased.
(d) Indebtedness for the purchase price of equipment used in the ordinary course of the
Borrowers business, provided, that in no event shall the amount of such purchase-money
indebtedness with respect to any equipment exceed 100% of the fair market value of such
equipment.
(e) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under Section 6.12.
(f) Indebtedness up to a maximum aggregate amount of $1,000,000 outstanding at any time
incurred in the ordinary course of business and secured by Liens relating to purchase money
financing or Capital Lease Obligations.
(g) Any Indebtedness arising under a Rate Protection Agreement or Foreign Currency
Hedging Agreement permitted under Section 6.19.
Section 6.12. Liens. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to,
create, incur, assume, or suffer to exist any Lien, or enter into, or make any commitment to enter
into, any arrangement for the acquisition of any property through conditional sale, lease-
31
purchase,
or other title retention agreements, with respect to any property now owned or hereafter acquired
by the Borrower or a Subsidiary, except:
(a) Liens at any time created in favor of the Bank.
(b) Liens existing on the date of this Agreement and disclosed on
Schedule 6.12.
(c) Deposits or pledges to secure payment of workers compensation, unemployment
insurance, old age pensions, or other social security obligations, in the ordinary course of
business of the Borrower or a Subsidiary.
(d) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments, and governmental charges not delinquent or to
the extent that payment therefor is not at the time required to be made in accordance with
Section 5.4.
(e) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, and materialmen, and other like Liens
arising in the ordinary course of business, for sums not due or to the extent that payment
therefor is not at the time required to be made in accordance with Section 5.4.
(f) Liens incurred or deposits or pledges made or given in connection with, or to
secure payment of, indemnity, performance, or other similar bonds.
(g) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to
bankers liens, rights of set-off, or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or
other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution; provided that, as to each
deposit account not maintained with the Bank, (i) such deposit account is not a dedicated
cash collateral account and is not subject to restriction against access by the Borrower or
a Subsidiary in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Board, and
(ii) such deposit account is not intended by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to provide
collateral to the depository institution.
(h) Encumbrances in the nature of zoning restrictions, easements, and rights or
restrictions of record on the use of real property and landlords Liens under leases on the
premises rented that do not materially detract from the value of such property or impair the
use thereof in the business of the Borrower or a Subsidiary.
(i) The interest of any lessor under any Capitalized Lease entered into after the
Effective Date or purchase money Liens on property acquired after the Effective Date;
provided, that (i) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted by Section 6.11(f)
and (ii) such Liens are limited to the property acquired and do not secure Indebtedness
other than the related Capitalized Lease Obligations or the purchase price of such property.
Section 6.13. Contingent Liabilities. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit
any Restricted Subsidiary to, be or become liable on any Contingent Obligations except Contingent
Obligations existing on the date of this Agreement and described on Schedule 6.13 and
Contingent Obligations for the Banks benefit.
32
Section 6.14. Cash Flow Leverage Ratio. The Borrower shall not permit the Cash Flow
Leverage Ratio, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter for the four consecutive fiscal quarters
ending on that date, to be more than 1.00 to 1.0.
Section 6.15. Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. The Borrower shall not permit the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter for the four consecutive fiscal
quarters ending on that date, to be less than 2.00 to 1.0.
Section 6.16. Quick Ratio. The Borrower shall not permit the Quick Ratio, as of the
end of each fiscal quarter, to be less than 1.50 to 1.0.
Section 6.17. Revolving Loan Proceeds. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit
any Subsidiary to, use any part of the proceeds of the Revolving Loan or Advances directly or
indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally, or ultimately, (a) to purchase or carry margin
stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund Indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose
or (b) for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of
Regulations U or X of the Board.
Section 6.18. Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The Borrower shall not, and shall not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangement, directly or indirectly, whereby it
sells or transfers any property, real or personal, and thereafter leases such property for the same
or a substantially similar purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred.
Section 6.19. Rate Protection and Foreign Currency Hedging Agreements. The Borrower
shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any hedging arrangements,
other than any Rate Protection Agreements and Foreign Currency Hedging Agreements.
ARTICLE VII.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
Section 7.1. Events of Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following
events shall constitute an Event of Default:
(a) The Borrower fails to make when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, any
payment of principal of or interest on the Revolving Note or any other Obligation required
to be paid to the Bank pursuant to this Agreement.
(b) Any representation or warranty made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any
Subsidiary in this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any certificate, statement,
report, or document herewith or hereafter furnished to the Bank pursuant to this Agreement
or any other Loan Document proves to have been false or misleading in any material respect
on the date as of which the facts set forth are stated or certified.
(c) The Borrower fails to comply with Sections 5.2 or 5.3 or any section of Article VI
hereof.
33
(d) The Borrower fails to comply with any agreement, covenant, condition, provision, or
term in this Agreement (other than those hereinabove set forth in this Section 7.1), and
such failure continues for 30 calendar days after the earliest of (i) the date the Borrower
gives notice of such failure to the Bank, (ii) the date the Borrower should have given
notice of such failure to the Bank pursuant to Section 5.1, or (iii) the date the Bank gives
notice of such failure to the Borrower.
(e) The Borrower or any Subsidiary (i) becomes insolvent or generally does not pay its
debts as they mature, (ii) applies for, consents to, or acquiesces in the appointment of a
custodian, trustee, or receiver of the Borrower or such Subsidiary or for a substantial part
of the property thereof, or, in the absence of such application, consent, or acquiescence, a
custodian, trustee, or receiver is appointed for the Borrower or a Subsidiary or for a
substantial part of the property thereof and is not discharged within 45 days, or
(iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors.
(f) Any bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement, or other proceeding under any
bankruptcy or insolvency law is instituted by or against the Borrower or any Subsidiary,
and, if instituted against the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (i) the Borrower or such
Subsidiary has consented thereto or acquiesced therein, (ii) remains undismissed for 60
days, or (iii) an order for relief therein has been entered against the Borrower or such
Subsidiary.
(g) Any dissolution or liquidation proceeding not permitted by Section 6.1 is
instituted by or against the Borrower or a Subsidiary, and, if instituted against the
Borrower or any Subsidiary, is consented to or acquiesced in by the Borrower or such
Subsidiary or remains for 45 days undismissed.
(h) A judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of the sum of $500,000
in the aggregate is rendered against the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and either
(i) the judgment creditor executes on such judgment or (ii) such judgment remains unpaid or
undischarged for more than 60 days from the date of entry thereof or such longer period
during which execution of such judgment is stayed during an appeal from such judgment.
(i) The maturity of any material Indebtedness of the Borrower (other than Indebtedness
under this Agreement) or a Restricted Subsidiary is accelerated, or the Borrower or a
Restricted Subsidiary fails to pay any such material Indebtedness when due (after the lapse
of any applicable grace period) or, in the case of Indebtedness payable on demand, when
demanded (after the lapse of any applicable grace period), or any event occurs or condition
exists and continues for more than the period of grace, if any, applicable thereto and has
the effect of causing such material Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity,
or permitting the holder of any such Indebtedness or any trustee or other Person acting on
behalf of such holder to cause such material Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated
maturity or to realize upon any collateral given as security therefor. For purposes of this
section, Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed material
if it exceeds $500,000 as to any item
34
of Indebtedness or in the aggregate for all items of
Indebtedness with respect to which any of the events described in this Section 7.1(i) has
occurred.
(j) Any execution or attachment is issued whereby any substantial part of the property
of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is taken or attempted to be taken and the same
is not vacated or stayed within 30 days after the issuance thereof.
(k) This Agreement at any time ceases to be in full force and effect or is judicially
declared null and void, or the Borrower contests the validity or enforceability thereof.
(l) Any Change of Control occurs.
(m) The Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from
continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs.
(n) Any Material Adverse Occurrence occurs.
Section 7.2. Remedies. If (a) any Event of Default described in Sections 7.1 (e), (f)
or (g) occurs with respect to the Borrower, the Revolving Commitment shall automatically terminate,
the Revolving Note and all other Obligations shall automatically become immediately due and
payable, and the Borrower shall without demand pay into the Holding Account an amount equal to the
aggregate face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit; or (b) any other Event of Default
occurs and is continuing, the Bank may (i) declare the Revolving Commitment terminated, whereupon
the Revolving Commitment shall terminate, (ii) declare the outstanding unpaid principal balance of
the Revolving Note, the accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations to be
forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Revolving Note, all accrued and unpaid interest
thereon, and all such Obligations shall immediately become due and payable, in each case
without presentment, demand, protest, or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby
expressly waived, anything in this Agreement or in the Revolving Note to the contrary
notwithstanding, and (iii) demand that the Borrower pay into the Holding Account an amount equal to
the aggregate face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit. Upon the occurrence of any of the
events described in clause (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence the Bank may exercise all rights
and remedies under any of the Loan Documents, and enforce all rights and remedies under any
applicable law.
Section 7.3.
Deposit Accounts; Offset In addition to the remedies set forth in
Section 7.2, upon any Event of Default and thereafter while the same is continuing, the Borrower
hereby irrevocably authorizes the Bank to set off any Obligations against all Deposits and any and
all claims of the Borrower against the Bank. Such right shall exist whether or not the Bank has
made any demand hereunder or under any other Loan Document, whether or not the Obligations, or any
part thereof, or Deposits are matured or unmatured, and regardless of the existence or adequacy of
any collateral, guaranty, or other security, right, or remedy available to the Bank. The Bank
agrees that, as promptly as is reasonably possible after the exercise of any such setoff or
enforcement right, it shall notify the Borrower of its exercise of such setoff or enforcement
right; provided, however, that the failure of the Bank to provide such notice shall not affect the
validity of the exercise of such setoff or enforcement rights. Nothing in this
35
Agreement shall be
deemed a waiver or prohibition of or restriction on the Banks rights of bankers lien, setoff, and
counterclaim available pursuant to law.
ARTICLE VIII.
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 8.1. Modifications. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary herein,
any term of this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Borrower; provided that
no amendment, modification, or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any
departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same is in writing
and signed by the Bank, and then such amendment, modification, waiver, or consent shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.
Section 8.2. Expenses. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are
consummated, the Borrower agrees to pay or reimburse the Bank upon demand for all reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses paid or incurred by the Bank, including filing and recording costs and fees,
charges and disbursements of outside counsel to the Bank (determined on the basis of such counsels
generally applicable rates, which may be higher than the rates such counsel charges the Bank in
certain matters), and/or the allocated costs of in-house counsel incurred from time to time, in
connection with the negotiation, preparation, approval, review, execution, delivery,
administration, amendment, modification, interpretation, collection, and enforcement of this
Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and any commitment letters relating thereto paid or incurred by the Bank in
connection with the collection and enforcement of this Agreement and any other Loan Document. The
Borrowers obligations under this section shall survive any termination of this Agreement. The
Bank acknowledges that it has received a deposit of $10,000 prior to the Effective Date which will
be applied toward such expenses and fees described in Section 2.14 and this Section 8.2, with the
Borrower paying such additional amounts as may be required to comply with this Section and Section
3.1(e).
Section 8.3. Waivers, Etc. No failure on the part of the Bank or the holder of the
Revolving Note to exercise and no delay in exercising any power or right hereunder or under any
other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of
any power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
power or right. The remedies herein and in the other Loan Documents provided are cumulative and
not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
Section 8.4. Notices. Except when telephonic notice is expressly authorized by this
Agreement, any notice or other communication to any party in connection with this Agreement shall
be in writing and shall be sent by manual delivery, facsimile transmission, overnight courier, or
United States mail (postage prepaid) addressed to such party at the address specified on the
signature page hereof, or at such other address as such party specifies to the other party hereto
in writing. All periods of notice shall be measured from the date of delivery if manually
delivered, from the date of sending if sent by facsimile transmission, from the first Banking Day
after the date of sending if sent by overnight courier, or from four days after the date of mailing
if mailed; provided, however, that any notice to the Bank under Article II hereof shall be deemed
to have been given only when received by the Bank.
36
Section 8.5. Taxes. The Borrower agrees to pay, and save the Bank harmless from all
liability for, any stamp or other taxes that may be payable with respect to the execution or
delivery of this Agreement or the issuance of the Revolving Note, which obligation of the Borrower
shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
Section 8.6. Successors and Assigns; Participations; Purchasing Banks.
(a) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the
Bank, all future holders of the Note, and their respective successors and assigns, except
that the Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this
Agreement without the prior written consent of the Bank.
(b) The Bank may, in the ordinary course of its commercial banking business and in
accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to one or more banks or other
financial institutions (Participants) participating interests in a minimum
amount of $500,000 in any Revolving Loan or other Obligation owing to the Bank, the
Revolving Note, and the Revolving Commitment, or any other interest of the Bank hereunder.
In the event of any such sale by the Bank of participating interests to a Participant,
(i) the Banks obligations under this Agreement to the Borrower shall remain unchanged,
(ii) the Bank shall remain solely responsible for the performance thereof, (iii) the Bank
shall remain the holder of the Revolving Note for all purposes under this Agreement,
(iv) the Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Bank in connection
with the Banks rights and obligations under this Agreement, and (v) the agreement pursuant
to which such Participant acquires its participating interest herein shall provide that the
Bank shall retain the sole right and responsibility to enforce the Obligations, including,
without limitation, the right to consent or agree to any amendment, modification, consent,
or waiver with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, provided that such
agreement may provide that the Bank will not consent or agree to any such amendment,
modification, consent, or waiver with respect to the matters set forth in Sections 8.2(a)
through (e) without the prior consent of such Participant. The Borrower agrees that if
amounts outstanding under this Agreement and the Revolving Note are due and unpaid, or have
been declared or have become due and payable upon an Event of Default, each Participant
shall be deemed to have, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the right of setoff in
respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement and the
Revolving Note to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing
directly to it as the Bank under this Agreement or the Revolving Note. The Borrower also
agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.4 and
Section 2.6 with respect to its participation in the Revolving Commitment or Revolving Loan;
provided, that no Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater amount
pursuant to such sections than the Bank would have been entitled to receive in respect of
the amount of the participation transferred by the Bank to such Participant had no such
transfer occurred.
(c) The Borrower shall not be liable for any costs incurred by the Bank in effecting
any participation under subparagraph (b) of this subsection and the Bank will reimburse the
Borrower for such costs unless the Borrower has, by separate written agreement, agreed to
pay such costs.
37
(d) The Bank may disclose to any assignee or Participant and to any prospective
assignee or Participant any and all financial information in the Banks possession
concerning the Borrower or any Subsidiary that has been delivered to the Bank by or on
behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary pursuant to this Agreement or that has been
delivered to the Bank by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with
the Banks credit evaluation of the Borrower or any Subsidiary prior to entering into this
Agreement, provided that prior to disclosing such information, the Bank shall first
obtain the agreement of such prospective assignee or Participant to comply with the
provisions of Section 8.7.
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Bank may at any time
create a security interest in, or pledge, all or any portion of its rights under and
interest in this Agreement and any note held by it in favor of any federal reserve bank in
accordance with Regulation A of the Board or U.S. Treasury Regulation 31 C.F.R
§ 203.14, and such Federal Reserve Bank may enforce such pledge or security interest in any
manner permitted under applicable law.
(f) In connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the transactions
and any litigation relating thereto (including in connection with (i) the negotiation,
preparation, and execution of the Loan Documents, (ii) the perfection of security interests,
if any is hereafter granted, (iii) the completion of any filings or registrations, (iv) the
obtaining of any consents, and (v) any present or future legal representation relating to
the administration, amendment, modification, waiver, or enforcement of, or any restructuring
or forbearance arrangement relating to, any Loan Document), Dorsey & Whitney LLP and any
other counsel retained by the Bank in connection with any of such matters (collectively, the
Banks Counsel) has only represented and shall only represent the Bank. The
Borrower and each assignee or Participant of the Bank (by accepting an assignment or a
participation under Section 8.6 hereof) agrees and acknowledges that the Banks Counsel does
not represent it, and no attorney-client relationship exists between it and the Banks
Counsel, in connection with any of the matters described in the preceding sentence.
Section 8.7. Confidentiality of Information. The Bank shall use reasonable efforts,
but in no event efforts that are less than the efforts the Bank exerts to maintain or protect the
confidentiality of its own confidential information, to assure that information about the Borrower
and its operations, affairs, and financial condition not generally disclosed to the public or to
trade and other creditors that is furnished to the Bank pursuant to the provisions hereof is used
only for the purposes of this Agreement, and any other relationship between the Bank and the
Borrower shall not be divulged to any Person other than the Bank, its Affiliates, and their
respective officers, directors, employees, and agents, except: (a) to their attorneys and
accountants, (b) in connection with the enforcement of the rights of the Bank under the Loan
Documents or otherwise in connection with applicable litigation, (c) in connection with assignments
and participations and the solicitation of prospective assignees and Participants referred to in
the immediately preceding section but only after such prospective assignee or Participant has
executed the agreement referred to in Section 8.6(d), (d) if such information is generally
available to the public other than as a result of disclosure by the Bank or any Participant, (e) to
any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in any hedging arrangement or such contractual
38
counterpartys professional advisor but only after such prospective counterparty or professional
advisor has executed an agreement similar to the agreement described in Section 8.6(d), (f) to any
nationally recognized rating agency that requires information about the Banks investment portfolio
in connection with ratings issued with respect to the Bank, and (g) as may otherwise be required or
requested by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Bank or by any applicable law,
rule, regulation, or judicial process, the opinion of the Banks counsel concerning the making of
such disclosure to be binding on the parties hereto. The Bank shall not incur any liability to the
Borrower by reason of any disclosure permitted by this section.
Section 8.8. Governing Law and Construction. THE VALIDITY, CONSTRUCTION, AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE REVOLVING NOTE
SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF, BUT GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES
APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents and any other statement, instrument, or transaction contemplated thereby or relating
thereto shall be interpreted so as to be effective and valid under such applicable law, but, if any
provision of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or any other statement, instrument, or
transaction contemplated thereby or relating thereto is held to be prohibited or invalid under such
applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or
invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of
this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or any other statement, instrument, or transaction
contemplated thereby or relating thereto.
Section 8.9. Consent to Jurisdiction THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS MAY BE
ENFORCED IN ANY FEDERAL COURT OR CALIFORNIA STATE COURT SITTING IN ORANGE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA OR LOS
ANGELES COUNTY, CALIFORNIA; AND THE PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF ANY SUCH COURT
AND WAIVE ANY ARGUMENT THAT VENUE IN SUCH FORUMS IS NOT CONVENIENT. IN THE EVENT THE BORROWER
COMMENCES ANY ACTION IN ANOTHER JURISDICTION OR VENUE UNDER ANY TORT OR CONTRACT THEORY ARISING
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FROM THE RELATIONSHIP CREATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE BANK AT ITS OPTION MAY
HAVE THE CASE TRANSFERRED TO ONE OF THE JURISDICTIONS AND VENUES ABOVE-DESCRIBED, OR IF SUCH
TRANSFER CANNOT BE ACCOMPLISHED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, TO HAVE SUCH CASE DISMISSED WITHOUT
PREJUDICE.
Section 8.10. Judicial Reference Agreement. (a) Any and all disputes, claims, and
controversies arising out of the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby
(including, but not limited to, actions arising in contract or tort and any claims by the Borrower
against the Bank related in any way to the Revolving Loans) (individually, a Dispute) that are
brought before a forum in which pre-dispute waivers of the right to trial by jury are invalid under
applicable law shall be subject to the terms of this Section 8.10.
(b) Any and all Disputes shall be heard by a referee and resolved by judicial reference
pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 638 et seq. The referee shall be a
retired California state court judge or an attorney licensed to practice
39
law in the State of
California with at least 10 years experience practicing commercial law. Neither the
Borrower nor the Bank shall seek to appoint a referee that may be disqualified pursuant to
California Code of Civil Procedure Section 641 or 641.2 without the prior written consent of
the other party. If the Bank and the Borrower are unable to agree upon a referee within 10
calendar days after one party serves a written notice of
intent for judicial reference upon the other party, then the referee will be selected
by the court in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 640(b).
(c) The referee shall render a written statement of decision and shall conduct the
proceedings in accordance with the California Code of Civil Procedure, the Rules of Court,
and California Evidence Code, except as otherwise specifically agreed by the parties and
approved by the referee. The referees statement of decision shall set forth findings of
fact and conclusions of law. The decision of the referee shall be entered as a judgment in
the court in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Sections
644 and 645. The decision of the referee shall be appealable to the same extent and in the
same manner that such decision would be appealable if rendered by a judge of the superior
court.
(d) Nothing in this Section 8.10 shall be deemed to apply to or limit the right of the
Bank (i) to exercise self-help remedies such as (but not limited to) setoff, (ii) to
foreclose judicially or nonjudicially against any real or personal property collateral, or
to exercise judicial or nonjudicial power of sale rights, (iii) to obtain from a court
provisional or ancillary remedies (including, but not limited to, injunctive relief, a writ
of possession, prejudgment attachment, a protective order, or the appointment of a
receiver), or (iv) to pursue rights against any party in a third-party proceeding in any
action brought against the Bank (including actions in bankruptcy court). The Bank may
exercise the rights set forth in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv), inclusive, before,
during, or after the pendency of any judicial reference proceeding. Neither the exercise of
self-help remedies nor the institution or maintenance of an action for foreclosure or
provisional or ancillary remedies or the opposition to any such provisional remedies shall
constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including, but not limited to, the claimant
in any such action, to require submission to judicial reference of the merits of the Dispute
occasioning resort to such remedies. No provision in the Loan Documents regarding
submission to jurisdiction and/or venue in any court is intended or shall be construed to be
in derogation of the provisions in any Loan Document for judicial reference of any of
Dispute.
(e) If a Dispute includes multiple claims, some of which are found not subject to this
Section 8.10, the Parties shall stay the proceedings of such Dispute or the part or parts
thereof not subject to this Section 8.10 until all other Disputes or parts thereof are
resolved in accordance with this Section 8.10. If there are Disputes by or against multiple
parties, some of which are not subject to this Section 8.10, the Borrower and the Bank shall
sever the Disputes subject to this Section 8.10 and resolve them in accordance with this
Section 8.10. During the pendency of any Dispute that is submitted to judicial reference in
accordance with this Agreement, each of the parties to such Dispute shall bear equal shares
of the fees charged and costs incurred by the referee in performing the services described
in this Section 8.10. The compensation of the referee shall not exceed
40
the prevailing rate
for like services. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable court costs and
legal fees, including customary attorney fees, expert witness fees, paralegal fees, the fees
of the referee, a reimbursement of fees and costs paid during the pendency of a dispute in
accordance with this Section 8.10(d), and other reasonable costs
and disbursements charged to the party by its counsel, in such amount as the Referee
determines.
(f) In the event of any challenge to the legality or enforceability of this Section
8.10, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover the costs and expenses from the
non-prevailing party, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred by it in connection
with such challenge.
(g) THIS SECTION 8.10 CONSTITUTES A REFERENCE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE BORROWER AND THE
BANK WITHIN THE MEANING OF AND FOR PURPOSES OF CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTION
638.
Section 8.11. Survival of Agreement. All representations, warranties, covenants, and
agreements made by the Borrower herein, in the other Loan Documents, and in the certificates or
other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any
other Loan Document shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the Bank and shall survive the
making of the Revolving Loans by the Bank and the execution and delivery to the Bank by the
Borrower of the Revolving Note, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Bank,
and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Obligation is outstanding and unpaid and
so long as the Revolving Commitment has not been terminated; provided, however, that the
obligations of the Borrower under Sections 8.3, 8.6, and 8.12 shall survive payment in full of the
Obligations and the termination of the Revolving Commitment.
Section 8.12. Indemnification. The Borrower hereby agrees to defend, protect,
indemnify, and hold harmless the Bank and its Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees,
attorneys, and agents of the Bank and its Affiliates (collectively, the Indemnitees) from and
against any and all claims, actions, damages, liabilities, judgments, costs, and expenses
(including all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel that may be incurred in the
investigation or defense of any matter) imposed upon, incurred by, or asserted against any
Indemnitee, whether direct, indirect, or consequential and whether based on any federal, state,
local, or foreign laws or regulations (including securities laws, environmental laws, commercial
laws, and regulations), under common law or on equitable cause, or on contract or otherwise:
(a) by reason of, relating to, or in connection with the execution, delivery,
performance, or enforcement of any Loan Document, any commitments relating thereto, or any
transaction contemplated by any Loan Document; or
(b) by reason of, relating to, or in connection with any credit extended or used under
the Loan Documents or any act done or omitted by any Person, or the exercise of any rights
or remedies thereunder;
provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be liable to any Indemnitee for any portion of such
claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses resulting from such Indemnitees gross
41
negligence or
willful misconduct. In the event this indemnity is unenforceable as a matter of law
as to a particular matter or consequence referred to herein, it shall be enforceable to the full
extent permitted by law.
This indemnification applies, without limitation, to any act, omission, event, or circumstance
existing or occurring on or prior to the later of the Termination Date or the date of payment in
full of the Obligations, including specifically Obligations arising under clause (b) of this
section. The indemnification provisions set forth above shall be in addition to any liability the
Borrower otherwise has. Without prejudice to the survival of any other obligation of the Borrower
hereunder, the indemnities and obligations of the Borrower in this section shall survive the
payment in full of the other Obligations.
Section 8.13. Captions. The captions or headings herein and any table of contents
hereto are for convenience only and in no way define, limit, or describe the scope or intent of any
provision of this Agreement.
Section 8.14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents embody
the entire agreement and understanding between the Borrower and the Bank with respect to the
subject matter thereof. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating
to the subject matter hereof. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, expressed
or implied, is intended to confer upon any Persons other than the parties hereto any rights,
remedies, obligations, or liabilities hereunder or thereunder.
Section 8.15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any of
the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart.
Section 8.16. Borrower Acknowledgements. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) it
has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution, and delivery of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, (b) the Bank has no fiduciary relationship to the Borrower, the relationship
being solely that of debtor and creditor, (c) no joint venture exists between the Borrower and the
Bank, and (d) the Bank undertakes no responsibility to the Borrower to review or inform the
Borrower of any matter in connection with any phase of the business or operations of the Borrower,
the Borrower shall rely entirely upon its own judgment with respect to its business, and any
review, inspection, or supervision of, or information supplied to, the Borrower by the Bank is for
the protection of the Bank, and neither the Borrower nor any third party is entitled to rely
thereon.
Section 8.17. Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Revolving Loan, together with all
fees, charges, and other amounts that are
treated as interest on such Revolving Loan under applicable law (collectively, the Charges),
exceeds the maximum lawful rate (the Maximum Rate) that may be contracted for, charged, taken,
received, or reserved by the Bank in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable
in respect of such Revolving Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof,
shall be limited to the Maximum Rate, and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that
would have been payable in respect of such Revolving Loan but were not payable as a result of the
operation of this section shall be
42
cumulated, and the interest and Charges payable to the Bank in
respect of other Revolving Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate
therefor) until the Bank has received such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the
Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment.
[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]
43
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the
date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By /s/ Bryan Hackworth |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title SVP CFO |
|
|
|
Address for Borrower:
6101 Gateway Drive
Cypress, CA 90630
Fax: (714) 820-1151
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
with a required copy to:
6101 Gateway Drive
Cypress, CA 90630
Fax: (714) 820-1151
Attention: General Counsel
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION |
|
|
|
|
|
By /s/ Steven G. Krenik |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title Vice President |
|
|
|
Address for Bank:
4100 Newport Place, Suite 900
Newport Beach, California 92660
Fax: (949) 863-2335
Attention: Steven G. Krenik
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]
exv10w32
EXHIBIT 10.32
REVOLVING NOTE
|
|
|
|
|
|
$15,000,000
|
|
December 23, 2009 |
|
|
Newport Beach, California |
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC., a corporation organized under the laws of the
State of Delaware, hereby promises to pay to the order of U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the
Bank) at its main office in Newport Beach, California, in lawful money of the United
States of America in Immediately Available Funds (as such term and each other capitalized term used
herein are defined in the Credit Agreement hereinafter referred to) on the Termination Date the
principal amount of FIFTEEN MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($15,000,000) or, if less, the aggregate
unpaid principal amount of all Advances made by the Bank under the Credit Agreement, and to pay
interest (computed on the basis of actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days) in like funds on the
unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding at the rates and times set forth in
the Credit Agreement.
This note is the Revolving Note referred to in the Credit Agreement dated concurrently
herewith (as the same may hereafter be from time to time amended, restated, or otherwise modified,
the Credit Agreement) between the undersigned and the Bank. This note is subject to
acceleration, upon the terms provided in the Credit Agreement.
In the event of default hereunder, the undersigned agrees to pay all costs and expenses of
collection, including reasonable attorneys fees, in accordance with the terms and conditions set
forth in the Credit Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly set forth under the terms and
conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement, the undersigned waives demand, presentment, notice of
nonpayment, protest, notice of protest, and notice of dishonor.
THE VALIDITY, CONSTRUCTION, AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL
LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF,
BUT GIVING EFFECT TO FEDERAL LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES APPLICABLE TO NATIONAL BANKS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNIVERSAL ELECTRONICS INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By
|
|
/s/ Bryan Hackworth
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
SVP CFO |
|
|
exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
Universal Electronics Inc.
List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
One For All Argentina S.R.L (organized under the laws of Argentina)
One For All France S.A.S. (organized under the laws of France)
One For All GmbH (organized under the laws of Germany)
One For All Iberia S.L. (organized under the laws of Spain)
One For All UK, Ltd. (organized under the laws of the United Kingdom)
UE Singapore Pte. Ltd. (organized under the laws of Republic of Singapore)
UEI Cayman Inc. (organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands)
UEI Electronics Private Limited (organized under the laws of India)
UEI Hong Kong Holdings Co. Pte. Ltd. (organized under the laws of Hong Kong)
UEI Hong Kong Private Limited (organized under the laws of Hong Kong)
Ultra Control Consumer Electronics GmbH (organized under the laws of Germany)
Universal Electronics BV (organized under the laws of the Netherlands)
Universal Electronics Italia S.R.L. (organized under the laws of Italy)
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We have
issued our reports dated March 15, 2010, with respect to the consolidated financial
statements, schedule and internal control over financial reporting included in the Annual Report
of Universal Electronics Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009. We hereby consent
to the incorporation by reference of said reports in the Registration Statements of Universal
Electronics Inc. on Forms S-8 (File No. 33-66426, effective July 23, 1993, File No. 333-09021,
effective August 14, 1996; File No. 333-23985, effective March 26, 1997; File No. 333-91101,
effective November 17, 1999; File No. 333-95715, January 31, 2000; File No. 333-47378, effective
October 5, 2000; File No. 333-103038, effective February 7, 2003, File No. 333-117782, effective
July 30, 2004), and File No. 333-149926, effective March 27, 2008).
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Irvine, California
March 15, 2010
exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications
I, Paul D. Arling, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Universal Electronics Inc.; |
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a) |
|
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared; |
|
b) |
|
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control
over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles; |
|
c) |
|
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
and |
|
d) |
|
disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the registrants
fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over financial
reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a) |
|
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
|
b) |
|
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have
a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: March 15, 2010
|
|
|
|
/s/ Paul D. Arling
|
|
Paul D. Arling |
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer) |
|
exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications
I, Bryan M. Hackworth, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Universal Electronics Inc.; |
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a) |
|
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared; |
|
b) |
|
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control
over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles; |
|
c) |
|
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
and |
|
d) |
|
disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the registrants
fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over financial
reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a) |
|
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and |
|
b) |
|
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have
a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
Date: March 15, 2010
|
|
|
|
/s/ Bryan M. Hackworth
|
|
Bryan M. Hackworth |
|
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer
and principal accounting officer) |
|
exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
Section 1350 Certifications
Paul D. Arling, as Chief Executive Officer of Universal Electronics Inc. (the Company),
certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) |
|
the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report) fully complies
with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
(2) |
|
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Paul D. Arling
|
|
|
Paul D. Arling |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
March 15, 2010
exv32w2
Exhibit 32.2
Section 1350 Certifications
Bryan M. Hackworth, as Chief Financial Officer of Universal Electronics Inc. (the Company),
certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) |
|
the Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the Report) fully complies
with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
(2) |
|
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
|
|
|
|
/s/ Bryan M. Hackworth
|
|
Bryan M. Hackworth |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
March 15, 2010